IND: Karnataka State Highway Improvement Project

Environmental Assessment Report

Initial Environmental Examination for AEP 5 48A (Padubidri – Karkala) Project Number: 42513 October 2010

Prepared by Public Works Department, Government of Karnataka for the Asian Development Bank (ADB).

The initial environmental examination is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those of ADB’s Board of Directors, Management, or staff, and may be preliminary in nature.

LIST OF ACRONYMS and Definition of Terms

ADB Asian Development Bank ASI Archaeological Survey of India BOQ Bill of Quantities CAO Chief Administrative Officer CFE Consent of Establishment CFO Consent for Operation CO Carbon monoxide COI Corridor of Impact CPCB Central Pollution Control Board CSC Construction supervision consultant dB decibel EC Environmental Clearance EE Executive engineer EIA Environmental Impact Assessment EMP Environmental management plan EMPIU Environmental management plan implementation unit EO Environmental Officer GoI Government of India GoK Government of Karnataka HC Hydrocarbon IEE Initial Environmental Examination IRC Indian Road Congress KSHIP Karnataka State Highways Improvement Project KSPCB Karnataka State Pollution Control Board LHS Left hand side MDR Major District Roads MFI Multilateral Financing Institutions MoEF Ministry of Environment and Forestrs MoRTH Ministry of Road, Transport and Highways NH National Highway NOC No objection certifcate Nox Nitrogen oxides Pb lead PCB Pollution Control Board PD Project Director PIU Project Implementation Unit PUC Pollution under Control Certificate PWD Public Works Department RAP Resettlement action plan RHS Right hand side RoW Right of way RSPM Respirable suspended particulate matter SDRC Social Development Resettlement Cell SEAC State Level Environmental Appraisal Committee SEIAA State Level Environment Impact Assessment Authority SH State Highway SIA Social impact assessment ii

SOS Strategic Option Study Sox oxides of sulphur SPCB State Pollution Control Board SPM Suspended particulate matter SPS Safeguard Policy Statement Subproject road packages under KSHIP UNESCO United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization

iii

TABLE OF CONTENTS E EXECUTIVE SUMMARY...... 1 E1 Project background: ...... 1 E2 Scope of Works...... 1 E3 Improvement proposal...... 1 E4 Key Environmental Laws & Policies: ...... 2 E5 Applicability of EIA Notification 2006 and ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement 2009 ...... 2 E6 Clearances required for the project: ...... 2 E7 Baseline Environment: ...... 3 E8 Analysis of Alternatives: ...... 4 E9 Anticipated environmental impacts and mitigation measures: ...... 4 E10 Stakeholder Consultation: ...... 7 E11 Environmental Management Plan: ...... 7 1 INTRODUCTION...... 9 1.1 Project Background...... 9 1.2 Objectives of the Study: ...... 10 1.3 Extent of IEE ...... 11 1.4 Methodology ...... 11 1.5 IEE Content...... 11 1.6 Organisational structure of Project Implementation Unit (PIU) ...... 12 2 DESCRIPTION OF SUBPROJECT...... 14 2.1 Subproject Location ...... 14 2.1.1 Scope of Works...... 14 2.1.2 Improvement proposal ...... 14 2.1.3 Corridor of Impact (CoI) and Right of Way (RoW) ...... 14 2.1.4 Traffic Details per Route ...... 16 2.1.5 Alignment and Profile...... 16 2.1.6 Realignments and Bypasses...... 16 2.1.7 Major and minor junctions ...... 16 2.1.8 Road Construction Materials...... 16 2.1.9 Street Furniture ...... 17 2.1.10 Bus Lay-bays ...... 17 2.1.11 Constructions and replacement of bridges and culverts...... 17 2.1.12 Railway Crossing: ...... 18 2.1.13 Design Cross Sections and Road widening and improvements: ...... 18 2.2 Schedule for Implementation...... 21 3 POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATION FRAMEWORK ...... 22 3.1 Policies and Regulatory Framework of the Government of India...... 22 3.1.1 Constitutional Provisions...... 22 3.1.2 Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974: ...... 22 3.1.3 Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 ...... 22 3.1.4 The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 ...... 23 3.1.5 EIA Notification (September 2006 and February 2009): ...... 23 3.1.6 Interpretation and applicability of EIA Notification, 2006 for subproject road: ...... 23 3.1.7 Environmental Clearance Process ...... 24 3.1.8 The Hazardous Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1989...... 26 3.1.9 Wildlife Protection Act, 1972 ...... 26 3.1.10 The Indian Forest Act, 1927...... 26 3.1.11 Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 (as amended in 1988)...... 26 3.1.12 The Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act 1958 ...... 27 3.1.13 Fly Ash Notification, 1999 ...... 27 3.1.14 Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991...... 28 3.1.15 The Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 ...... 28 3.2 Asian Development Bank’s Safeguard Policy Statement (June 2009)...... 28 3.3 Administrative Framework:...... 29 3.3.1 Ministry of Environment and Forest...... 29 3.3.2 Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB),...... 29 3.3.3 Karnataka State Pollution Control Board (KSPCB), ...... 29 3.3.4 The Environmental Management Plan Implementation Unit (EMPIU) ...... 29

3.4 Other Environmental Guidelines and Norms ...... 29 3.5 Clearances required for the subproject ...... 30 4 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT ...... 32 4.1 Physical Environment...... 32 4.1.1 Physiography and relief...... 32 4.1.2 Climate...... 32 4.1.3 Rainfall...... 32 4.1.4 Temperature ...... 33 4.1.5 Wind Intensity and Direction...... 33 4.1.6 Monitoring of Ambient Air quality and Ambient Noise levels...... 34 4.1.7 Water Resources ...... 34 4.1.8 Hydrogeology...... 34 4.1.9 Monitoring of water quality along the project area ...... 35 4.1.10 Geology ...... 35 4.1.11 Soils ...... 35 4.1.12 Soil characteristics in the subproject area: ...... 36 4.2 Land use pattern ...... 36 4.2.1 Agriculture and cropping pattern ...... 36 4.3 Biological Component ...... 37 4.3.1 Fauna...... 37 4.3.2 Flora...... 37 4.3.3 National parks ...... 37 4.4 Social Environment ...... 37 4.4.1 Demographic Features...... 38 4.4.2 Occupational Pattern...... 38 4.4.3 Sites of Tourist and Archaeological Interest ...... 38 5 ANALYSIS ALTERNATIVES...... 40 5.1 Introduction: ...... 40 5.2 Project Alternatives ...... 40 5.2.1 No project scenario ...... 40 5.2.2 Project with alternatives ...... 41 5.2.3 Subproject with mitigation measures...... 41 5.3 Evaluation of subproject alternatives:...... 41 5.4 Bypass alternatives ...... 42 5.5 Analysis of cross section type alternatives ...... 42 6 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES ...... 43 6.1 Impact on Physical Environment ...... 43 6.1.1 Climate...... 43 6.1.2 Natural Hazard...... 44 6.1.3 Air quality ...... 44 6.1.4 Noise...... 46 6.1.5 Impact on Soil and Land use...... 49 6.1.5.1 Loss of Productive Soil and Change in Land use ...... 49 6.1.5.2 Soil Erosion ...... 50 6.1.5.3 Borrow areas and Quarries...... 50 6.1.5.4 Compaction and contamination of Soil ...... 51 6.1.6 Impact on Ground water...... 52 6.1.7 Impact on surface water bodies ...... 53 6.1.8 Impact on Hydrology and Drainage...... 55 6.2 Impact on Biological Environment ...... 55 6.2.1 Terrestrial Ecology ...... 55 6.2.2 Aquatic Ecology ...... 58 6.3 Management of Construction Debris/Waste...... 58 6.4 Socio-Economic Impact...... 59 6.4.1 Positive Impacts...... 59 6.4.2 Negative Impacts ...... 60 6.5 Impacts due to Construction Camp and Immigration of Workers...... 60 6.6 Impact on Safety and Health of Construction Workers and Accident Risk to Local Communities...... 61 6.6.1 Impacts on Occupational Health and Safety...... 61

6.6.2 Impacts on Community Health and Safety ...... 63 7 STAKE HOLDER CONSULTATIONS ...... 65 7.1 Type of Consultations conducted ...... 65 7.2 Consultation during Environmental Screening...... 65 7.3 Major findings of consultations ...... 66 7.4 Follow-up consultations...... 66 8 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN...... 67 8.1 Environmental Management Plan ...... 67 8.2 Other Mitigation Plans...... 101 8.2.1 Resettlement Plan...... 101 8.2.2 Emergency Response Plan...... 101 8.2.3 Construction Water Management Plan...... 101 8.3 Grievance Redressal Mechanism...... 101 8.4 Environmental Monitoring programme ...... 102 8.5 Performance indicators ...... 105 8.6 Reporting system ...... 107 8.7 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS ...... 111 8.8 Institutional Capacity Building ...... 112 8.8.1 Training Components:...... 112 8.8.2 Training Programme: ...... 113 8.9 ENVIRONMENTAL BUDGETARY PROVISIONS ...... 114 9 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS...... 118

LIST OF TABLES Table 1-1: Details of ADB funded Subproject roads under KSHIP II...... 10 Table 2-1: Present and projected traffic by vehicle types along the subproject road ...... 16 Table 2-2: Details of road construction materials and their locations...... 17 Table 2-3: Details on treatment proposals for culverts of the subproject roads...... 18 Table 2-4: Details on treatment proposals for bridges of the subproject roads ...... 18 Table 2-5: Guiding Parameters for up gradation of Road in project area...... 18 Table 3-1: List of clearances required for the subproject ...... 31 Table 4-1: The normal and actual average rainfall (in mm) in the project en route ...... 32 Table 4-2: Average Mean Maximum and Mean Minimum Temperature (0 C) of the Project Area...... 33 Table 4-3: Water Contours and water Yield...... 34 Table 4-4: Water Quality along the Project area...... 35 Table 4-5: Soil characteristics in subproject area ...... 36 Table 4-6: Demographic Features of the Study Area...... 38 Table 4-7: Workforce in project area (Rural)...... 38 Table 5-1: Various alternatives of the project ...... 41 Table 5-2: Cross sectional alternatives considered in the subproject...... 42 Table 6-1: Emission factors of different vehicles (g/Km)...... 46 Table 6-2: Pollution load of pollutants along the project routes (in Tons/Km) ...... 46 Table 6-3: Noise sensitive locations along the subproject ...... 48 Table 6-4: Noise level (in dB (A)) due to Traffic along the project Road links ...... 48 Table 6-5: Water supply sources likely affected link wise in the project area (in Nos.) ...... 53 Table 6-6: Girth wise likely impact on avenue trees (in Nos.) ...... 56 Table 6-7: List of utilities being affected by the proposed roads (in Nos.)...... 60 Table 6-8: The Religious and cultural structures under impact in the project area (in Nos.) ...... 60 Table 6-9: The Community structure under impact in the project area (in Nos.)...... 60 Table 7-1: Major findings of consultations - 48 A...... 66 Table 8-1: Environmental Management Plan (Part-A) ...... 68 Table 8-2: Environmental Management Plan – Bridges (Part-B) ...... 91 Table 8-3: Environmental monitoring for Air, Water, Noise and Soil ...... 103 Table 8-4: Performance Indicators and monitoring plan ...... 105 Table 8-5: Reporting System...... 108 Table 8-6: Summary Details of Reporting Formats...... 108 Table 8-7: Training Modules for Environmental Management ...... 113 Table 8-8 : Bill of Quantities for Implementation of Environmental Management Action Plan to be executed under Civil Works Contract...... 114

Table 8-9: Bill of Quantities for Environmental Management Action Plan - Mandatory Works to be implemented by Government Departments/ agencies as per regulatory requirements...... 116

LIST OF FIGURES Figure 1-1: Organisation Structure of Project Implementation Unit (PIU)...... 13 Figure 2-1: Geographical location of the subproject road ...... 15 Figure 2-2: The rural and urban cross sections of the road in the proposed subproject road ...... 19 Figure 2-3: Implementation schedule of the subproject road ...... 21 Figure 3-1: The procedure for obtaining environmental clearance...... 25 Figure 4-1: Wind-rose Mangalore Meteorological Station...... 33 Figure 8-1: Relationship among Environmental Specialist of CSC, KSHIP and the contractor ...... 111

ANNEXURE ANNEX 1: PHYSIOGRAPHY OF THE PROJECT AREA ...... 119 ANNEX 2: CLIMATIC CONDITION OF THE PROJECT AREA...... 120 ANNEX 3: DRAINAGE AND RIVER BASINS OF THE PROJECT AREA...... 121 ANNEX 4: IRRIGATION AND HYDROGEOLOGY OF THE PROJECT AREA...... 122 ANNEX 5: ROCKS AND MINERALS IN THE PROJECT AREA...... 123 ANNEX 6: SOIL TYPE OF THE PROJECT AREA ...... 124 ANNEX 7: GENERAL LAND USE AND CROPPING PATTERN OF THE PROJECT AREA...... 125 ANNEX 8: FORESTLAND TYPE IN THE PROJECT AREA...... 126 ANNEX 9: RAPID ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT (REA) CHECKLIST –ROADS and HIGHWAYS 127

E EXECUTIVE SUMMARY E1 Project background:

1. The Karnataka State Highways Improvement Project (KSHIP) is an initiative by the Public Works Department (PWD) of the Government of Karnataka (GoK), to undertake improvement of roads consisting of State Highways (SH) and Major District Roads (MDR). These roads were selected on the basis of a Strategic Option Study (SOS) carried out in 2003. Total stretch of 615.03 km of State Highways and MDRs has been considered for upgradation under the assistance of ADB funding. The proposed project roads constitute ten project corridors (Subprojects) that are spread across the state of Karnataka. The project is scheduled to be taken up for implementation in 2011 at the total estimated cost of Rs. 13,619 million. Initial Environmental Examination report has been prepared to address those stipulations fully and comprehensibly for upgradation of project corridor 48 (A) covering a road length of 27.80 km stretching from Padubidri – Karkala passing through Udupi district of Karnataka state. The Environmental Assessment (Initial Environmental Examination) for the project corridor is done as per the EIA Notification, 2006 by Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), GoI as well as Asian Development Bank’s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS), June 2009.

E2 Scope of Works

2. The scope of works involve Upgradation works of improving existing single-lane and intermediate lane roads to 12m roadway with standard 2-lane 7m carriageway and alignment improvements to relevant IRC standards and other associated road and bridge works including improvement of major and minor bridges, culverts, road intersections, drains, road geometrics and road furniture.

E3 Improvement proposal

3. The improvement proposal for the project includes upgradation of existing carriageway. The main elements of the construction processes are given below.

4. Upgradation: Widening & Strengthening (including raising of embankment): The elements are:

 Remove high shoulders & grub out bushes (some trees may get removed);  Remove existing pavement and widening to the required width;  Raise existing embankment where ever the possibility of seepage across the road line exists; presence or likelihood of field irrigation close to the road and where nature of soil is expansive in nature;  Widen road formation to the required width depending on the cross section types;  Construct new wider pavement with paved or unpaved shoulder, including surfacing and providing footpaths, ditches and drains, covered drains wherever necessary.  The upgradation works also include geometric improvements, structural improvements, repair/construction of bridges and culverts, junction improvements, etc. 2

E4 Key Environmental Laws & Policies:

5. The Constitutional Provisions like Article 48 and 51-A (g) and 74th Amendment to the Constitution serve as principle guidelines of environmental protection. Further Regulations, Acts, Policies applicable to sustainability and environmental protection are as follows.

- EIA Notification, September 2006 & February 2009 - The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 - The Water (Prevention and Control) Act, 1974 - The Air (Prevention and Control) Act, 1981 - The Indian Forest Act, 1927 - The Karnataka Forest Act, 1963 - The Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 (as amended in 1988) - The Forest Conservation Rules, 1981 - The Wildlife Protection Act, 1972 - The Hazardous Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1989 - National Environment Tribunal Act, 1995 - National Environment Appellate Authority Act, 1997 - The Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act 1958 - Town and Country Planning Act, 1976 - The Motor Vehicles Act 1988 - Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991 - Coastal Regulation Zones Act - The Factories Act 1956 6. The other guidelines and norms related to road construction by Indian Road Congress that help for environmental protection include, IRC: 104-1988, IRC: 36-1974, IRC: 10-1961, IRC: 36-1970, IRC: 43-1972, IRC: 72-1978, IRC: 33-1982, etc.

E5 Applicability of EIA Notification 2006 and ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement 2009

7. The Padubidri – Karkala project is the upgradation (expansion) of existing state highway project having a length of less than 30 km and involving additional right of way less than 20 m involving land acquisition is not under the purview of MoEF’s EIA Notification, 2006 and the project does not require Environmental Clearance. As per ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement, the subproject road 42 has been categorized as Category ‘B’ project and requires Initial Environmental Examination.

E6 Clearances required for the project:

8. After reviewing the various applicable acts and statutes, as mentioned above, it is suggested that some clearances and permission are required for the project. A summary of clearances required for the present project is shown in the following table. Sl. Authority Granting When Subject Remarks No. Clearance required 1 Environmental State Environmental Before Not under the purview of MoEF’s Clearance Appraisal Committee, Construction EIA Notification, 2006. GoK. 2 Tree cutting Department of Forest, Before KSHIP’s responsibility. permission. GoK Construction Application for tree cutting

Sl. Authority Granting When Subject Remarks No. Clearance required permission has been submitted on 3rd August 2010. 3 Consents under Water Karnataka State Before KSHIP’s responsibility. (P&CP) Act, 1974 & Pollution Control Construction Consents have been obtained Air (P&CP) Act, Board (KSPCB), vide letter no. Bangalore PCB/05/CNP/09/558 dated 29th January 2010. 4 Permit for installation KSPCB Before Contractor’s responsibility. of crusher Construction 5 No Objection KSPCB, Inspectors of Before Contractor’s responsibility. Certificate (NOC) for Factories Construction batching plant 6 Clearance for KSPCB Before Contractor’s responsibility. establishing Asphalt Construction Plant 7 Installation of Karnataka Electricity Before Contractor’s responsibility. Generators company of Installation respective regions 8 Clearance for Department of Mines Before Contractor’s responsibility. excavation & & Geology/ Local Quarrying transporting soil Bodies 9 Permission for Department of Mines Before If the extraction of boulder is extraction of boulder & Geology. Quarrying being procured from the existing Government of quarry/supplier, it shall be Karnataka ensured that, requisite license/ lease has been obtained from the concerned Authority. 10 Permission for Department of Mines Before If the extraction of sand is being extraction of sand & Geology. Quarrying procured from the existing sand Government of quarry/supplier, it shall be Karnataka ensured that requisite license/lease has been obtained from the concerned Authority. 11 License for storing Commissioner of During Contractor’s responsibility. diesel Explosives & KSPCB Construction 12 Labour camps District Health Officer During Contractor’s responsibility. Construction 13 Clearance for crossing Irrigation Department, During Contractor’s responsibility. other waterways Government of Construction Karnataka at the specific site 14 If water has to be Concerned Water During Contractor’s responsibility. taken from river / Authority Construction Reservoir at the specific site E7 Baseline Environment:

9. Information on baseline environment was collected from secondary sources of data for the macro environmental parameters like climate, physiography (geology and geomorphology), biological and socio-economic environment of the project influence area. The micro-environmental details within the Corridor of Impact (CoI) have been collected from primary source of data such as base maps prepared by reconnaissance survey, extrapolation of environmental features on the proposed design, tree enumeration, analysis for environmental attributes along the project road.

E8 Analysis of Alternatives:

10. The subproject road is an existing State Highway with very limited alignment alternatives for selection. However analysis of alternatives have been done for bypasses, realignments, cross section types and construction materials alternatives to avoid the places of congestion, human settlements, environmentally sensitive areas, different construction materials etc. keeping in view traffic condition, obligatory points, geometric designs, congestions and socio economic viability and other environmental aspects of the region. There are no realignments and bypasses considered along the Padubidri – Karkala subproject. Four cross section types have been considered for various stretches of the subproject. Discussion also includes consideration of alternatives such as no project scenario; project with alternatives and project with mitigation measures and alternatives Project with alternatives and project with mitigation measures were found acceptable. Following cross section type alternatives have been considered for the subproject.

C/S Type Description UR1A Rural cross-section UR2 Rural cross-section (Through Village) UR3 Urban cross section in Built- up Area (with covered Drain) UR7 Rural cross section in cutting E9 Anticipated environmental impacts and mitigation measures:

11. Some of the significant environmental impacts of Padubidri – Karkala subproject road on the natural environment and nearby communities are discussed in the section. These impacts could be largely mitigated through engineering designs, good construction practices accompanied by a site specific mitigation measures.

12. Impact on Physical Environment: Though no change in the macro-climatic parameters (precipitation, temperature and wind) is envisaged due to the subproject, cutting of roadside trees, laying of paved surface and other construction activities temporarily modify the microclimate.

13. There would be an increase in daytime temperature near the newly paved surfaces of the road due to increase in the surface area of blacktop of widened road. This impact shall be mitigated by planting rows of avenue plantations.

14. Raising of embankment height and improvement of both longitudinal and cross drainage shall be done to avoid flooding of flood prone section. Run off water recharge pits shall be constructed to facilitate the infiltration of runoff water into the ground.

15. Air quality along the subproject road alignment; congested major settlements locations like Padubidri, Belmane, Karkala and at construction establishments such as batching plants, hot mix plants, crushers, etc. will be adversely impacted temporarily during construction activities. Asphalt plants, crushers and batching plants shall be sited at least 1 km in the downwind direction from the nearest human settlement. Vehicles delivering loose and fine materials like sand and fine aggregates shall be covered to reduce spills on existing roads. Water will be sprayed on earthworks, temporary haulage and detour roads on a

5 regular basis. The hot mix plants will be fitted with dust extraction units and cyclones/scrubbers to reduce exhaust gases.

16. There will be gradual enhancement of air pollution due to increase in number of vehicles on the improved roads. Avenue and median plantation along the road sides and medians respectively should help to control dust and fugitive emissions by operating vehicles from reaching the receptors.

17. The impacts on noise due to the project will be of significance in both the construction as well as the operation stages. The community abutting subproject road and construction establishments will be adversely affected by increase in noise level due to operating equipments and construction activities of subproject road. All mitigation measures such as use of enclosures, walls, installation of mufflers around noisy equipment; substituting quieter equipment or construction methods; timing of noisier construction and demolition activities; providing Personnel Protective Equipments (PPE) to the workers; locating construction establishments away from sensitive receptors; construction of noise barriers at sensitive receptors; etc.

18. Soil compaction and contamination is envisaged at locations such as construction camp, labour camp, concrete batching plant, hot mix plants, borrow areas, quarries and along access roads to these construction establishments. Soil erosion is anticipated at bridge and culvert construction sites. The major land use in the project area is agriculture and some stretches of the subproject constitutes built up areas /settlements at Padubidri, Belmane, Karkala having active commercial and economic activity along the roadside. The agricultural and commercial activities will be disturbed temporarily during construction phase. As part of mitigation measures top soil shall be preserved and back filled after the rehabilitation of quarry/burrow areas Natural geographical contours and natural landscape shall be preserved and maintained. If haulage roads are inevitable on productive agricultural land, it shall be reclaimed to the original nature after the completion of construction activity. All construction establishments such as construction camps, labour camps, and material storage areas shall be rehabilitated to the original condition after the completion of construction work. Domestic solid waste from construction and labour camps shall be segregated into biodegradable and non biodegradable before being sent to treatment. Biodegradable wastes are treated by composting and non biodegradable wastes are either recycled or disposed off to authorised land fill site.

19. Paved surface of the road will reduce the percolation of runoff water and decreases the ground water recharge. Ground water recharge pits shall be provided at suitable intervals to facilitate the recharge of runoff water in to the ground to counter the impact of decreased percolation and increased runoff from the paved surface of the subproject road.

20. There are small streams Gurupura river in the impact zone and Swarna river in the influence zone and few small streams crossed by the subproject road which are impacted temporarily during construction of road embankments, cuts and fills, construction of cross drainage structures temporarily increases the silt inflow to the surface water bodies affecting the aquatic ecology of the water bodies. Some of the water supply units adjacent to subproject road within proposed RoW will be impacted. Waste water generated at the construction camps and labour camps will pollute the surface water bodies if disposed

6 untreated. The impact on surface water bodies and other water supply resources shall be mitigated by constructing cross drainage structures during the lean flow periods of summer to minimize the impacts and provision for silt traps made at regular intervals, especially at major cross drainage structures to trap the silt before it reaches the water bodies. All the water resources and water supply connections such as bore wells, taps, water cisterns, pipelines, etc. being impacted by the project shall be relocated before the construction starts. All liquid wastes generated from the construction camp and labour camp shall be treated to meet the prescribed norms before disposal.

21. Total of 2,337 trees are impacted due to the project. Rows of approximately 5,560 avenue trees shall be planted on both sides of the subproject for the entire length of sub project road.

22. Road projects aim to improve urban and rural area connectivity, which in turn will improve economic and social welfare of rural communities by improved access of rural communities to markets, jobs, and education and health services. Tourism of the region will be boosted contributing to the local economic activities. Good roads reduce travel time, fuel consumption and pollutants emitted by the operating vehicles.

23. A variety of utilities serving the regional needs like electric poles, electric transformers, telephone poles, telephone junction boxes which are within impact zone shall be impacted. Some of the religious structures such as temples, mosque, church, shrines, arali kattes and community structures such as schools, hospitals, bus shelters, etc. along subproject road are impacted directly or indirectly. Mitigation measures include shifting of all utilities before the start of construction; relocation of religious and community structures after consulting the public.

24. During construction of roads there will be major or minor accidents envisaged by lack of knowledge on handling of new equipments, workers functioning without proper personal protective equipment and without possessing first aid facilities at work sites. Workers at construction and batching plants shall be compulsorily equipped with personal protective equipments along with first aid facilities for all the construction workers. Periodical health check-up of the workers are to be arranged by the contactors to ensure good health for workers. Implementation of road safety plan during project implementation is an important mitigation measure. Labour camp shall not be located within 1000m of major habitations to avoid disease outbreak and communicable diseases. Arrangement for storage and supply of potable water shall be made to the workers.

25. During construction it is usual that the operating traffic will be affected to some extent and near by public and commuting transportation will suffer the inconvenience, additional time, cost and distance. Contractor shall at all times carry out construction work on the road in manner creating least interference to the free flow of traffic as per the approved Traffic Management Plan for the diversion of traffic on the subproject road.

26. Significant positive and negative impacts due to project are summarized in the following impact matrix.

Physical Biological Geology Environment Environment Topo- Environmental Attributes Nois Natural graphy Air Water Flora Fauna Soil e Drainage I. Construction Phase Labour Camp Activities -ve/t Quarrying -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/p -ve/p Material Transport & Storage -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t Drilling and Blasting -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/p Pavement works -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/p -ve/t -ve/p Use of Construction -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t Equipment Cutting of Trees -ve/p Plantation +ve/ +ve/p +ve/p +ve/p p Culvert and Bridge -ve/t -ve/t -ve/p Construction Stripping of Topsoil -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t Debris Generation -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t Oil and Grease -ve/t -ve/t II. Operational Phase Vehicular Movement +ve/ +ve/t +ve/t -ve/p p Note: t – Temporary; p- Permanent; Impacts indicated in bold letters are Significant Impacts. E10 Stakeholder Consultation:

27. Consultations during feasibility studies and environmental assessment stage have been conducted with the objective of involving local communities in the project planning (participatory planning). Many a times, suggestions and options given by people improves technical and economic efficiency of the project. Execution of suggested improvement from stakeholders also generates the sense of ownership among the communities of the region and eases the implementation process. Consultations are usually conducted with a sample section of the community with a good representation from the affected communities.

E11 Environmental Management Plan:

28. Environmental Management Plan (EMP) deals with the implementation procedure of the guidelines and mitigation measures recommended to avoid, minimize and mitigate foreseen environmental impacts of the project. The implementation of environmental management plan needs suitable organization set up and the success of any environmental management plan depends on the efficiency of the group responsible for implementation of the programme. It is proposed to carryout regular environmental monitoring to provide information to the management for periodic review and alternation of the environmental management plan as necessary so as to ensure that environmental protection is optimized at all stages of the mining

29. Environmental monitoring is an essential component for sustainability of any developmental project. It is an integral part of any environmental assessment process. The monitoring programme consists of performance indicators, reporting formats and necessary budgetary provision. For each of the environmental condition indicators, the monitoring plan specifies the parameters to be monitored, location of the monitoring sites, frequency and

8 duration of monitoring. The monitoring plan also specifies the applicable standards, implementation and supervising responsibilities. The monitoring will be carried out by PIU through the approved agency and will be supervised by the Environmental Experts of the Construction Supervision Consultants and PIU.

30. Environmental Management Plan Implementation Unit (EMPIU) constituted under KSHIP with the assistance of the Environmental Specialist of Project Design and Environmental Officer (EO) of the CSC is responsible for implementing all environmental monitoring and management works during implementation of road improvement project to achieve certain level of quality in the project and ensure that all statutory requirements are met during the project implementation. Organizational setup for PIU and EMPIU is illustrated in the Figure 1.1.

31. The engineering staff of PIU, supervision consultancy and the contractor who would be responsible for the implementation of the EMP, need to be trained on environmental issues of specific road development project. Suitable training programmes have been worked out for the project as well as capacity building needs. The programme consists of a number of training modules specific to target groups. Looking into the potential requirements of each of the target groups, several training modules have been planned. The training would cover the basic principles and postulates of environmental assessment and mitigation plans; implementation techniques; monitoring and management methods and tools.

32. The budgetary provision for the implementing EMP of the road project has been made in 2 parts based on the responsibility of the execution.

33. The Part ‘A’ works to be undertaken has been quantified and quantities included in the respective BOQ items in the civil works contract packages. These cover items such as safe disposal of unserviceable materials with suitable top soil treatment; dust mitigation during construction phase; recharge pits; silt fencing; sign boards for tourist and ecologically sensitive areas if any; safe disposal of scarified bitumen in clay lined pits; construction of noise barriers for silent receptors; monitoring of air, water, noise and soil qualities; oil interceptors; personal protective equipments for labourers, etc.

34. Part ‘B’ works of redevelopment of oxbow lands and other leftover lands; raising median plantations; compensatory plantation; compensatory provisions in terms of Net Present Value (NPV) for diverted forest lands, if any; providing environmental management training at all levels are discussed under mandatory works to be implemented by Government Departments or other agencies as per the regulatory requirements, as.

35. Cost for Part A & B works of EMP implementation are estimated and given in the following table. Sub Cost for Part A works Cost for Part B works Total cost in Rs. project of EMP (Rs.) of EMP (Rs.) (Part A + B) 48 A 7,484,776 8,819,520 16,304,296

1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Project Background

1. The Second Karnataka State Highways Improvement Project (KSHIP) is a part of the ongoing road improvement programme in Karnataka State to support the growing economy and social development programme. KSHIP-II is a continuation of the State’s earlier initiatives including World Bank assisted KSHIP-I programme under which 2,406 km roads were improved, under the control of the Public Works Department. The techno-economic feasibility study evaluated various types of improvement works and established a priority ranking of 3,411 km of roads subsequent improvement programme of state roads. These roads were selected on the basis of a Strategic Option Study (SOS)1 carried out in 2003. The objective of the SOS study was to formulate a policy for developing an effective network of regional roads in the state.

2. Total length of 615.03 km State Highways and MDRs has been considered for upgradation under the assistance of ADB funding. The proposed project roads under the initiative “Karnataka State Highway Improvement Project” (KSHIP) constitutes nine project corridors (Subprojects) that are spread across the state of Karnataka. The highway improvement project is scheduled to be taken up for implementation in 2011 at the total estimated cost of Rs. 13,619 million. The proposed subprojects under KSHIP are given in the following table.

1 Strategic Option Study (SOS) was carried out by IDS cell headed by Mr. G. C. Tallur in 2003

Table 1-1: Details of ADB funded Subproject roads under KSHIP II. Corridor Link Length SH No. Subproject road Districts No. ID (km) 21 21C 34 Saundatti – Ramdurg 38.47 Belgaum and Bagalkot 21D 14 Ramdurg – Badami 45.73 21E 14 Badami -Pattadakal 23.72 21F 14 and MDR* Pattadakal – Kamatagi 22.28 27 27A 45 Shelwadi – Gadag 30.54 Dharwad and Gadag 27B 45 Gadag - Mundaragi 32.90 31 31A 29 Mudagal – Tawaragere 31.21 Raichur and Koppal 31B 29 Tawaragere – Gangavathi 42.89 42 42A 76 Davanagere – Channagiri 53.63 Davanagere and Chikkamagalur 42B 76 Channagiri – Birur 51.98 48 48A 1 Padubidri – Karkala 27.80 Udupi 57 57A 84 Gubbi – Yediyur 49.03 Tumkur and Mandya 57B 84 Yediyur - Kowdley 26.43 57C 84 Kowdley - Mandya 33.16 64 64C 3 Magadi – NH 48 13.88 Ramanagara, Bangalore (Rural) 64D 3 NH 48 – Dobbespet 19.90 and Tumkur 64E 3 Dobbespet – Koratagere 33.89 64H 64H 3 Pavagada – AP Border 23.21 Tumkur T13 T13 45 Jagalur – NH-13 9.25 Davanagere T17 T17 2 Molkalmur – SH 19 5.13 Chithradurga Total length (km) 615.03 * MDR – Main District Road 3. Public Works Department, Government of Karnataka has appointed M/s Scott Wilson India Pvt. Ltd. as the Consultants and entrusted the work of preparing Detailed Project Report for the selected project corridors upgradation and major maintenance.

4. Environmental assessment has been carried out as per the statutory requirement of EIA Notification dated 14th September 2006 of Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), Government of India (GoI) and as a part of requirement of ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS), 2009 and ADB’s Environmental Assessment Guidelines, 2003 for the rapid environmental assessment checklist.

5. The Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) presented below addresses those stipulations fully and comprehensively for upgradation of Subproject 48A covering a road length of 27.80 km on SH 1 stretching from Padubidri – Karkala in Udupi district of Karnataka state.

1.2 Objectives of the Study

6. The main objective of the study are i) identify the impact of the subproject improvement on environment and ii) alleviate the unsafe condition and congestion of the existing road connecting Padubidri – Karkala on SH 1 by enhancing the capacity and quality of the road to the users in a sustainable and environment friendly manner. MoEF, GoI, has enforced Environment (Protection) Act 1986 and Notification on Environmental Impact

Assessment dated 14th September 2006 and February 2009 to avoid, mitigate and prevent the environmental impact from various projects or activities or expansion and modernization of existing projects. The IEE Report is prepared in line with ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS), June 2009. The report attempts to identify, predict and communicate information on impacts of the proposed subproject on the environment along with mitigation and management measures for the indicated impacts.

1.3 Extent of IEE

7. IEE was conducted based on the feasibility studies. Study areas were delineated into two zones while carrying out feasibility study namely the impact zone and the influence zone. The impact zone extends to 50m either side of the road from the centreline covering an area of 100m width. All the physical components such as rivers, hospitals and schools, industries, water supply units, productive land, trees and other environmental features within this zone will be directly impacted by the road improvement. The influence zone extends 7 Km (7000 m) on either side of the road from the centreline covering the area of 14 km of width covering the construction establishments such as batching plants hot mix plants, construction camps, labour camps, quarries etc. for the analysis of impact on land use and other environmental features.

1.4 Methodology

8. The general methodology adopted to accomplish the Initial Environmental Examination includes:

 Review of legal and statutory requirements;  Review of feasibility study;  Preliminary reconnaissance to identity environmentally sensitive issues relating to the subproject and base line conditions;  Collection of Primary and secondary data;  Stakeholders Consultations;  Identify and assess the potential impacts of the subproject on the base line conditions and recommend mitigative measures to offset the identified adverse impacts;  Formulate Environmental Management Plan including review of Institutional set up and Capacity Building. 1.5 IEE Content

9. IEE has been structured based on ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS), 2009 and ADB’s Environmental Assessment Guidelines (2003) and consists of following chapters. Chapter 1 – Introduction Chapter 2 – Description of Subproject Chapter 3 – Policy, Legal and Administrative Framework Chapter 4 – Description of Environment Chapter 5 – Analysis of Alternatives

Chapter 6 – Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures Chapter 7 - Stakeholders Consultation Chapter 8 – Environmental Management Plan and Grievance Redressal Mechanism and Chapter 9 – Conclusion and Recommendations

1.6 Organisational structure of Project Implementation Unit (PIU) 10. PIU is responsible for implementing the road improvement project to ensure and achieve certain level of quality in the project, during implementation of subproject and in turn will make sure that the statutory requirements are not violated during the pre construction, construction and Operational (defect liability period) stages of the subproject. Organizational setup for PIU and EMPIU is illustrated in the Figure 1.1. 11. The Chief Project Officer heads KSHIP. He will be responsible for the successful implementation of the subproject. The Chief engineer is also the Project Director in the KSHIP set up for the implementation of the subproject. The project director (PD) is assisted by PIU, Environmental and Social wings at the head office. Various sub units are functioning under PIU such as Environmental Social Management Unit (ESMU); Environmental Management Plan Implementation Unit (EMPIU) and Social Development Resettlement Cell (SDRC). The SDRC is headed by a Chief Administrative Officer (CAO). The Project Director will be heading the overall functioning of the Environmental and Social Management Unit (ESMU). 12. The Executive Engineers (EEs) and supporting staff as employer’s representatives nominated for the subproject will be responsible for the implementation of the project under the divisions. The Executive Engineer (Environment) and Social Development Officer of KSHIP will look after the environmental and social issues during the project preparation, implementation and operation with the assistance of the Environmental Specialist of Project Design and Environmental Officer (EO) of the CSC.

Figure 1-1: Organisation Structure of Project Implementation Unit (PIU) PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION UNIT (PIU)

Chief Project Officer

Project Director

Superintendant Engineers

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN IMPLEMENTATION UNIT (EMPIU)

Executive Engineer Assistant Conservator of Forest Environmental(Environment) Engineer Assistant Conservator of Forest Supervisionsupervision

ConsultantsConsultants Range Forest Documentation and Officer Training

Asst Engineer Asst. Exe. Forester (Envt.) Engineer (Envt.)

Executive Engineers KSHIP Divisions Tumkur, Belguam, Raichur and Shimnoga

Asst. Asst. Asst. Asst. Engineer Engineer Engineer Engineer RFO, RFO, RFO, RFO, (Envt.) (Envt.) (Envt.) (Envt.) Tumkur Belgaum Raichur Shimoga Tumkur Belgaum Raichur Shimoga

2 DESCRIPTION OF SUBPROJECT 2.1 Subproject Location

13. The proposed Padubidri – Karkala subproject road, SH 1 (27.80 Km) lies in Udupi district of Karnataka state provides vital connectivity within the district. The road traverses in East – West direction. Improvement of this subproject road provides for better level of service for commuters, tourists and movement of goods trucks. Figure-2.1 shows the geographical location of the subproject road.

2.1.1 Scope of Works 14. The scope of works involve Upgradation works of improving existing single-lane and intermediate lane roads to 12m roadway with standard 2-lane 7m carriageway and alignment improvements to relevant IRC standards and other associated road and bridge works including improvement of major and minor bridges, culverts, road intersections, drains, road geometrics and road furniture.

2.1.2 Improvement proposal 15. The improvement proposal includes upgradation of existing carriageway. The main elements of the upgradation: widening and strengthening are:  Remove high shoulders and grub out bushes (some trees may get removed);  Remove existing pavement and widening to the required width;  Raise existing embankment where ever the possibility of seepage across the road line exists; presence or likelihood of field irrigation close to the road and where nature of soil is expansive in nature;  Widen road formation to the required width depending on the cross section types;  Construct new wider pavement with paved or unpaved shoulder, including surfacing and providing footpaths, ditches and drains, covered drains wherever necessary.

2.1.3 Corridor of Impact (CoI) and Right of Way (RoW) 16. The proposed subproject road width varies from about 14.0 to 30.0 M depending on the typical road cross-section types applied. In isolated instances where the embankment heights are significant, a wider road width is necessary to accommodate the embankment height. 17. Existing Right of Way (RoW) information is furnished by local PWD offices and it has been verified subsequently as a part of social surveys and LA plan preparation. The available RoW is not consistent and varies significantly along the length of the subproject route. The IRC recommended RoW for State Highways is 45 and 30 m for open and built-up area respectively but clearly this is not available throughout the length of the subproject road. Wherever the required width (CoI) for the proposed road is not available, KSHIP is acquiring only the required width of land to limit the compensation cost and in turn the project cost.

Figure 2-1: Geographical location of the subproject road

2.1.4 Traffic Details per Route 18. The volume of present and projected vehicular traffic as of year 2009 is presented in Table-2.1 along with the projection for the year 2015. The reason for not preparing any projection beyond year 2015 is that any Environmental Assessment report is not considered valid by the MoEF beyond five years without further review.

Table 2-1: Present and projected traffic by vehicle types along the subproject road Two Three Link ID Year Car LCV Bus Trucks Total wheeler wheeler 48A 2009 1793 1019 335 196 425 441 4209 2015 3092 2177 439 317 677 661 7363 *Traffic projections have been done from 2006 traffic survey data 2.1.5 Alignment and Profile 19. The visibility and stopping distance along the existing highway section are inadequate at many stretches of the proposed subproject road. These deficiencies will be corrected for the stretches identified. Longitudinal profile is determined by the proposed grade separators, raising of profile at low lying areas and riding quality for the designed speed with respect to minimum requirements as per the relevant IRC guidelines.

2.1.6 Realignments and Bypasses 20. Many sections of the subproject road are passing through small but congested villages. In case where the RoW is not sufficient to improve the geometrics, traffic condition and human congestion, possibility of realignment/bypass along the project route have been examined through field verification and ascertained the need for the same. There are no realignments and bypasses considered for the proposed subproject.

2.1.7 Major and minor junctions 21. There are several major and minor junctions along the subproject road. These junctions will be meticulously planned to integrate with the development proposals for the subproject road. Major junctions involved are NHs, SHs and MDRs intersecting with the subproject road. Village and other roads intersecting with subproject were considered as minor junctions.

2.1.8 Road Construction Materials 22. Rocks such as granite, gneiss, basalt, quartzite and sandstone are commonly used materials in the road construction. Amongst these, granite, gneiss and massive basalt are suitable for all purposes. Murrum and residual gravel are useful as sub-base, sub grade and shoulder material. Sand is utilised for making concrete and lime plaster used in the construction. These sands get replenished each monsoon on the river banks. Fly ash is relatively strong when compacted having compaction characteristics similar to natural sand. The fly ash will be used in subproject roads which are within 100 km radius from the thermal plants as per MoEF’s Fly Ash Notification, 1999 depending on its availability. Asphalt will be prepared in hot mix plants with bitumen brought from Mangalore Port, Mumbai and Chennai depending on the shortest lead to the proposed subproject road. Information on existing quarries and other sources of potential road construction materials have been collected during field visits and from local offices of the Public Works Department of the project area.

Details of road construction materials and their locations for the proposed subproject road are in the Material Study Report. Details of road construction materials and their locations for the proposed subproject road are in the Table 2.2.

Table 2-2: Details of road construction materials and their locations. Sl Chainage Quarry No. Name of Quarries No (Km) SUBPROJECT - 42A STONE METAL QUARRIES Kalya Stone Quarry and Crusher-1 is located at a distance of 5.3 1. QII-1B -223 19+500 km from Project Road. Kalya Stone Quarry and Crusher-2 is located at a distance of 7.3 2. QII-1B -185 19+500 km from Project Road. Kanjaragatte Stone Crusher and Quarry is located at a distance 3 QII-1B -186 6+600 of 1.6 km from Project Road. SAND QUARRIES Kulur Nethravathi River Sand source is located at a distance of 1 SII-1B-125 0+000 14.0 km from Project Road. Palimaru Nethravathi River Sand Quarry is located at a distance 2 SII-1B-126 4+000 of 4.0 km from Project Road. MURRUM BORROWPITS Road Side Moorum Borrow Pits on LHS is located at a distance 1 MII-1B-244 3+800 of 0.2 km from Project Road. Road Side Moorum Borrow Pits on LHS is located at a distance 2 MII-1B-245 14+200 of 0.2 km from Project Road. Road Side Moorum Borrow Pits on LHS is located at a distance 3 MII-1B-246 23+000 of 0.1 km from Project Road. Road Side Moorum Borrow Pits on LHS is located at a distance 5 MII-1B-247 26+000 of 0.3 km from Project Road.

2.1.9 Street Furniture 23. Adequate road furniture comprising of road markings, cautionary, mandatory and informatory signs; delineators and object markers; reflective pavement markers; guard posts and crash barriers; road humps and rumble strips have been proposed at appropriate locations for the safety of road users as per the guidelines stipulated in relevant IRC codes keeping in view the site requirements.

2.1.10 Bus Lay-bays 24. Bus lay-byes have been proposed for each village or built up locations along the subproject road. Bus bays have been positioned in straight and level sections of the road and visible from a long distance in both directions and as per the recommendations of IRC: 80- 1981. Details of bus bays along the proposed subproject roads are given in Main report.

2.1.11 Constructions and replacement of bridges and culverts 25. All the hydraulic data for bridges has been collected from the field and analysed to determine the adequacy of waterways. Existing bridges proposed to be retained and new bridges to be constructed are as per the provisions of IRC: 5-1998 and IRC: SP-13. Many existing cross-drainage structures, like culverts and bridges, were considered for the improvement and new construction. The improvement includes widening the structures, increasing the vent size to increase the flow and major maintenance. Details of culverts and bridges in the corridor considered for the treatment (improvement and new construction) are presented in Tables - 2.3 and 2.4.

Table 2-3: Details on treatment proposals for culverts of the subproject roads Replacement Replacement Additional Replacement Link Maint- Widen- with larger due Culverts on of distressed Abandon Total ID enance ing diameter to change in Major culverts pipe Alignment Realignment 48A 7 16 9 24 3 - - 59 Table 2-4: Details on treatment proposals for bridges of the subproject roads New Bridges Replacement Converted Link Maintenanc Do 30m to of Widening to Total ID 6m to 30m > 60m e Nothing 60m Superstructure Culverts 48 - - - - - 1 - - 1 A 2.1.12 Railway Crossing: 26. There are no railway crossings across the proposed subproject.

2.1.13 Design Cross Sections and Road widening and improvements: 27. The design parameters for cross sections of road for upgradation have been refined. These are being used for designing the roads as guidelines. Table - 2.5shows the guiding parameters for upgradation roads and urban and rural cross sections of the road in the project area are given in Figure - 2.2.

Table 2-5: Guiding Parameters for up gradation of Road in project area C/S- Carriageway Paved Unpaved Description Remarks Type width (m) shoulder (m) shoulder (m) UR1A Rural cross-section 7.00 1.50 M both 1.00 M both - sides sides UR2 Rural cross-section 7.00 Varies 2.50m to Nil. For parking/ (Through Village) 4.50m both stopping/ bus bays/ sides bicycles UR3 Urban cross 7.00 Varies 2.50m to Nil 2.0m Foot path/ section in Built- up 4.50m both covered drain on Area (with covered sides both sides. Drain) UR7 Rural cross section 7.00 1.50m both Nil Paved drains in cutting paved with flexible pavement and 1.0m both sides with ICPB* *Interlocking Concrete Paver Blocks

Figure 2-2: The rural and urban cross sections of the road in the proposed subproject road

2.2 Schedule for Implementation

The implementation of proposed improvements to subproject road is depicted in the following Figure 2-3.

Figure 2-3: Implementation schedule of the subproject road 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014

Activity Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4

Defects Notification Civil Works Pre-construction Phase Construction Phase Period

Land Acquisition

Compensation, Resettlement

Utility Shifting and Tree cutting

Bidding/Contract Award and CSC

Works Execution Contractors Demobilization and Maintenance.

3 POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATION FRAMEWORK 28. The environmental management and protection policies, regulations and administrative framework governing the project is reviewed in this section. The review includes sector-specific environmental policies and regulations of the Government of India, State Govt of Karnataka, Safeguard Policy Statement, June2009, ADB’s Environmental Assessment Guidelines (2003), and the administrative framework of various agencies, such as the Ministry of Environment and Forest (MoEF), the Pollution Control Boards and other bodies associated with the implementation of the proposed subproject. 3.1 Policies and Regulatory Framework of the Government of India

3.1.1 Constitutional Provisions 29. The Constitution of India, in Article 48, of Directive Principles of the State, states that “the state shall endeavour to protect and improve the environment and to safeguard forests and wildlife of the country”. Further Article 51-A (g), of fundamental duties, emphasizes that, “It shall be the duty of every citizen of India to protect and improve the natural environment including forests, lakes, rivers and wildlife and to have compassion for living creatures”. These two provisions of the constitution are the guiding principles for the environmental legislation in India. 30. The Government of India has laid down various policy guidelines, regulations, acts and legislations pertaining to sustainability and protection of the environment and its various components. The statutory requirements for the proposed road projects are discussed briefly in the following paragraphs.

3.1.2 Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974: 31. This Act provides for the prevention and control of water pollution, and the maintaining and restoring of the wholesomeness of water. ‘Pollution’ means such contamination of water, or such alteration of the physical, chemical or biological properties of water, or such discharge of any sewage, or trade effluent, or of any other liquid, gaseous or solid substance into water (whether directly or indirectly) as may, or is likely to, create a nuisance for health or safety, or to domestic, commercial, industrial, agricultural or other legitimate uses or to the life and health of animals or plants or of aquatic organisms. 32. The subproject has already secured clearance (Consent) from the State Pollution Control Board (SPCB) of Karnataka pursuant to the Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act of 1974, the Cess Act of 1977.

3.1.3 Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 33. Similar to the Water Act, the Air Act vests regulatory authority on the SPCB and empowers them to enforce air quality standards (Appendix – 7) to prevent air pollution in the country. Section 21 of the act requires an application to be made to the state board to establish or operate any industrial operation and project activity. 34. The subproject has obtained clearance (Consent) from the Karnataka SPCB pursuant to the Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act of 1981 and the Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Rules of 1982 and Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Amendment Act, 1987.

3.1.4 The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 35. The Environment (Protection) Act, popularly known as EP Act, is an umbrella legislation that supplements existing environmental regulations. Empowered by the EP Act, the MoEF, the GoI has issued the following notifications regulating the siting of industry and operations, procuring clearance to establish industries and development of projects with appropriate EIA studies, coastal zone regulations and many other aspects of environment through notifications.

3.1.5 EIA Notification (September 2006 and February 2009): 36. The MoEF Notification dated 14 September 2006 states that ‘prior Environmental Clearance (EC)’ is required for certain types of projects. All developmental projects have been categorized subject to certain considerations listed in the ‘Schedule’ of the Notification. Highway projects are dealt under Clause 7f of the Schedule. Construction of new State Highways and expansion of existing State Highways come under Category ‘B’ if the length of the road is ‘greater than 30km involving additional right of way greater than 20m involving land acquisition’. 37. Under the ‘General Condition’ contained in the MOEF Notification, Category ‘B’ will be specified as Category ‘A’, if located in whole or in part within 10km from the boundary of: (i) Protected Areas notified under the Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972, (ii) Critically Polluted areas as notified by the Central Pollution Control Board from time to time, (iii) Notified Eco- sensitive areas, (iv) inter-State and international boundaries. Also all Category ‘B’ projects (including new as well as expansion of modernization projects) will be treated as Category ‘A’ projects in the absence of a duly constituted State Level Environment Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA) or State Level Environmental Appraisal Committee (SEAC). 38. Further, the roads of lower classification (i.e. MDRs and lower) do not find a mention in the MOEF Notification. Schedule I Project General Conditions Category A Category B 7(f) i) New National High i) New State High Any project or activity specified in Highways ways; and ways; and Category ‘B’ will be treated as Category A, if located in whole or in part within 10 ii) Expansion of ii) Expansion of km from the boundary of: National High ways National / State (i) Protected Areas notified under the greater than 30 KM, Highways greater Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972, involving additional than 30 km involving (ii) Critically Polluted areas as notified right of way greater additional right of way by the Central Pollution Control than 20m involving greater than 20m Board from time to time, land acquisition and involving land (iii) Notified Eco-sensitive areas, passing through more acquisition. (iv) Inter-State boundaries and than one State. international boundaries. 3.1.6 Interpretation and applicability of EIA Notification, 2006 for subproject road: 39. Since the proposed subproject road is an existing state highway, requiring improvement with no new alignment except a few realignments for avoiding congestions at major settlements or comply with IRC standards or to provide adequate bridge approach and smoothen the road curvature at some section of the subproject road. Therefore the road is treated as expansion of existing State Highway for examining the applicability and relevance of the MoEF Notification.

23 24

40. The issue of ‘additional RoW greater than 20 m involving land acquisition’ needs to be seen in the context of the linear nature of road projects. The 20 m of additional right-of- way as indicated in the Notification has been considered on an average basis rather than a location-specific figure for examining the applicability and relevance of the MoEF Notification. 41. Realignments under this subproject are minor and limited to providing required approach roads to new bridges improving road alignment geometry and avoiding congested and narrow town/built-up areas. These realignments/bypasses are contiguous with the rest of the Corridor and form part of the existing highway improvement. Therefore all realignments are considered as a part of the project corridor for the purposes of calculating the additional right-of-way required and not as stand-alone lengths for examining the applicability and relevance of MoEF Notification. 42. Keeping in view the above considerations, Padubidri – Karkala subproject (corridor No. 48) having less than 30 km in length, and ‘additional right-of-way less than 20m involving land acquisition’ is not under the purview of EIA Notification, 2006 and February 2009. Environmental Clearance is not required for the subproject.

3.1.7 Environmental Clearance Process 43. The procedure for obtaining environmental clearance is depicted in Figure 3.1. for category B projects.

Figure 3-1: The procedure for obtaining environmental clearance Note 1. PFR - Project Feasibility Report 2. SEIAA - State Environmental Impact Assessment Authority 3. SEAC State Environmental Appraisal Committee 4. ToR – Terms of Reference 5. EIA – Environmental Impact Assessment - The Environmental clearance is valid for five yrs from the date of issuance. - Half yearly Post Environmental Clearance compliance monitoring report shall be submitted to Regulatory Authority.

25 26

3.1.8 The Hazardous Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1989 44. The Central Government formulated these rules under the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986. Under Section 7 of these rules it is required that the operator or occupier of a facility dealing with hazardous waste ensures that hazardous waste is packaged in a suitable manner for storage and transport and the labelling and packaging shall be easily visible and be able to withstand physical conditions and climatic factors. Bituminous and other materials used in road construction are considered as hazardous in nature. Section 9 of these Rules also requires that in case of an accident during transportation of hazardous wastes, the operator or occupier of a facility shall immediately report to the SPCB in the prescribed form. This statute applies on KSHIP and the contractor as they involve in handling (including storing) and transhipment of hazardous bituminous materials during construction of the project roads.

3.1.9 Wildlife Protection Act, 1972 45. This Act is promulgated to provide for the protection of wild animals, birds and plants and for matters connected therewith. The provisions under this Act such as prohibition of hunting wild animals specified in Schedule I; prohibition of picking, uprooting, damaging, destroying or acquiring any specified plant from any forestland; prohibition of use of injurious substances, chemicals, explosives that may cause injury or endanger wildlife in a sanctuary; prohibition on alteration of the boundaries of a National Park shall be made, except on a resolution passed by the Legislature of State; prohibition on destruction or damage of wildlife property in a National Park is prohibited. This act shall be applicable to the project roads passing through forests or adjacent to the National Parks and Wildlife Sanctuaries.

3.1.10 The Indian Forest Act, 1927 46. This Act consolidates all the statutes passed since 1865 relating to forests, the transit of Forest Produce and the duty leviable on timber and other forest-produce. This Act also confers power to the State Government to declare a forestland or a wasteland which is the property of the Government or over which the Government has proprietary rights, or to the whole or any part of the forest-produce of which the Government is entitled as reserved forest. 47. Section 5 of the Act, states that after declaring a particular land as reserved forest, no fresh clearings for any purpose shall be made, except in accordance with such rules as made by the state government; Section 26 of the Act, states that certain activities are prohibited in such reserved forests; Sections 30 and 32 of the Act empowers the State government to regulate certain acts (clearing of reserved forests for cultivation, building or any other non forestry purpose) in such forests as specified in the section; Section 35 furnishes power to the State government to prohibit certain acts (clearing of vegetation etc) in lands not being the property of the government. The act refers to the project roads that are adjacent to the reserved forest and involving forest land diversion for the non forestry purpose.

3.1.11 Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 (as amended in 1988) 48. As per Section 26 of the Indian Forest Act, 1927 a number of activities are prohibited in forest areas, and prior approval is required from the Central Government to use forest

27 land for non-forest purposes. The Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 prohibits large-scale diversion of forestland for non-forest use. As amended in 1988, no State Government or authority shall make such diversions, except with the prior approval of the Central Government. 49. The Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 also pertains to the cases of diversion of forest areas and felling of roadside plantations. Depending on the size of the tract to be cleared, clearances are applied at various levels of government: If the area of forests to be cleared or diverted exceeds 40 Ha (or, 10ha in hilly area) then prior permission of Central Government is required; If the area of forest to be cleared or diverted is between 5 to 40ha, the Regional Office of Chief Conservator of Forests is empowered to approve; If the area of forest to be cleared or diverted is below or equal to 5ha, the State Government can give permission; If the area to be clear-felled has a forest density of more than 40%, permission to undertake any work is needed from the Central Government, irrespective of the area to be cleared. The act refers to the project roads that are adjacent to the reserved forest and involving forest land diversion for non forestry purpose. Subproject road 48 A has no forest stretches adjacent to the road and there is no forest land to be diverted for the project road.

3.1.12 The Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act 1958 50. This Act provides for the preservation of ancient and historical monuments and archaeological sites and remains of national importance and for the regulation of archaeological excavations and for the protection of sculptures, carvings and other like objects. According to this Act, areas within the radii of 100m and 300m from the “protected property” are designated as “protected areas” and “controlled areas” respectively. No development activity (including building, mining, excavating, blasting) is permitted in the “protected areas”. Development activities likely to damage the protected property are not permitted in the “controlled areas” without prior permission from the Archaeological Survey of India (ASI) if the site/remains/ monuments are protected by ASI or the State Directorate of Archaeology. None of the notified archaeological monuments recognised by the UNESCO or World Heritage Monuments intercept with the road improvements.

3.1.13 Fly Ash Notification, 1999 51. The MoEF, GoI has issued a Notification regarding the utilization of fly ash/bottom ash generated from coal/lignite based thermal power plant in 1999 and amended it in 2003, with an intention to protect the environment, conserve top soil and prevent the dumping and disposal of fly ash discharged from coal or lignite based thermal power plants. Further it states the need for restricting the excavation of topsoil for manufacture of bricks and promotes the utilization of fly ash in the manufacture of building material and in construction activity within the radius of 100 Km from coal or lignite based thermal power plants. 52. No agency, person or organization shall, within a radius of 100 km of a thermal power plant undertake construction or approve design for construction of roads or flyover embankments in contravention of the guidelines/specifications issued by the Indian Road Congress (IRC) as contained in IRC specification No. SP: 58 of 2001. Any deviation from this direction can only be agreed to on technical reasons if the same is approved by Chief Engineer (Design) or Engineer-in-Chief of the concerned agency or organization or on production of a certificate of “pond ash not available” from the thermal power plant(s) located

27 28

within 100 km of the site of construction. There are no thermal power plants in the vicinity of 100 km from the subproject to utilize the fly ash in the road construction.

3.1.14 Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991 53. This Act provides for public liability insurance for the purpose of providing immediate relief to the persons affected by accident occurring while handling any hazardous substance and for matters connected therewith or incidental thereto. The transportation of hazardous substances by vehicle use is also included. This statute would apply on the implementers of Project road.

3.1.15 The Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 54. The Indian Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 empowered the State Transport Authority (usually the Road Transport Office) to enforce standards for prevention and control of vehicular pollution. The authority also checks the emission standards of registered vehicles, collects road taxes and issues licenses. The Pollution under Control Certificate (PUC) programme was launched In August 1997as an attempt to crackdown on the vehicular emissions. This act is applicable for the road projects. 3.2 Asian Development Bank’s Safeguard Policy Statement (June 2009)

55. The Asian Development Bank (ADB) has released new Safeguard Policy Statement – June 2009 that consolidates and builds upon the earlier ADB policies on Environment, Indigenous Peoples and Involuntary Resettlement. ADB’s new Safeguard Policy Statement intends to enhance the effectiveness of ADB’s safeguard policies and to ensure that these policies remain relevant to the changing client needs and to new business opportunities being funded by ADB.

The Safeguard Policy Statement has sought to i. Better articulate the safeguard policies to improve their clarity, coherence and consistency; ii. Balance a front-loaded procedural approach with one also focused on results during implementation; iii. Adapt policy implementation to an evolving range of lending products and innovative financing modalities; iv. Work towards greater harmonization with safeguard policies across Multilateral Financing Institutions (MFI) and tailor safeguard approaches to different clients with varying capacities and v. Improve internal processes and resource allocation. 56. The proposed sub project cause potential adverse environmental impacts which are less adverse in nature and few of them are reversible and mitigation measures can be designed more readily for the identified impacts. As per the ADB’s Guidelines on Environmental Assessment the proposed Padubidri – Karkala Subproject corridor having length of 27.82 km and causing insignificant temporary environmental impacts has been classified as Category ‘C’ project and does not require Initial Environmental Examination (IEE).

3.3 Administrative Framework:

57. The Government through specific legislations regulates the environmental management system in India. The Ministries/Statutory bodies responsible for ensuring environmental compliance by project promoters include following agencies.

3.3.1 Ministry of Environment and Forest 58. The MoEF is a nodal ministry at national level. It has set up offices within each region which is responsible for the collection and furnishing of information relating to EIA of projects, pollution control measures, methodology and status of legal and enforcement measures and environmental protection in special conservation areas such as wetlands, and other biological reserves. The proposed subproject falls under the jurisdiction of the Regional office of MoEF, Bengaluru.

3.3.2 Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) 59. It is a statutory authority attached to the MoEF located at New Delhi. The main responsibilities of CPCB include, planning and implementation of water and air pollution programmes; advising the Central Government on water and air pollution programmes; setting air and water standards and co-ordinating with the SPCB.

3.3.3 Karnataka State Pollution Control Board (KSPCB) 60. The KSPCB is the government agency responsible for ensuring the compliance to the relevant standards related to discharges to the environment. The following activities of the KSPCB include, planning and executing state level air and water quality initiatives; advising the state government on air, water and industry issues; establishing standards based on National Minimum standards; enforcing and monitoring of all activities within the state under the Air Act, the Water Act and the Cess Act.

3.3.4 The Environmental Management Plan Implementation Unit (EMPIU) 61. To assess, advise and monitor the environmental performance of the project being planned, designed and implemented by the KSHIP, an EMPIU has to be established as part of the Project Implementation Unit (PIU). The Environmental Unit is headed by the Senior Environmental Engineer and assisted by Assistant Environmental Engineers in each project block, along with an Assistant Conservator of Forest and Range Forest Officers of the respective divisions who look into tree cutting, forest land acquisition issues and afforestation, if any. 62. The Environmental Unit is responsible for the co-ordination of the environmental and social issues of the proposed project road and shall work in close interaction with the environmental engineers at the different project site offices. An organisational chart has been illustrated in Figure 1.1 of section 1. 3.4 Other Environmental Guidelines and Norms

63. Over and above, the project also gives due importance to the road construction standards, norms, guidelines and management procedures prescribed by the Indian Roads Congress (IRC). This includes i) Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment of Highway Projects, IRC: 104-1988; ii) Recommended Practice for Treatment of Embankment

29 30 slopes for erosion control, IRC: 36-1974; iii) Recommended Practice for Borrow pits for Road Embankment for Road manual operation, IRC: 10-1961; iv) Recommended Practice for the construction of Earth Embankments for Road Works, IRC: 36-1970; v) Highway Safety Code, IRC, special publication no. 44; vi) Guidelines on Bulk Bitumen Transportation and Storage Equipment, IRC, special publication 39; vii) Recommended Practice for Tools Equipment and Appliances for Concrete Pavement Construction, IRC: 43-1972; viii) Recommended Practice for use and upkeep of Equipment, Tools and Appliances for Bituminous Pavement Construction, IRC: 72-1978 and Road Accident Forms A-1 and 4, IRC: 33-1982. 3.5 Clearances required for the subproject

64. After reviewing the various applicable acts and statutes, as mentioned above, some clearances and permissions are required for subproject. A summary of clearances required for the subproject is shown in the Table 3-1.

Table 3-1: List of clearances required for the subproject Sl. Authority Granting When Subject Remarks No. Clearance required 1 Environmental State Environmental Before Not under the purview of MoEF’s Clearance Appraisal Committee, Construction EIA Notification, 2006. GoK. 2 Tree cutting Department of Forest, Before KSHIP’s responsibility. permission. GoK Construction Application for tree cutting permission has been submitted on 3rd August 2010. 3 Consents under Water Karnataka State Before KSHIP’s responsibility. (P&CP) Act, 1974 & Pollution Control Construction Consents have been obtained Air (P&CP) Act, Board (KSPCB), vide letter no. Bangalore PCB/05/CNP/09/558 dated 29th January 2010. 4 Permit for installation KSPCB Before Contractor’s responsibility. of crusher Construction 5 No Objection KSPCB, Inspectors of Before Contractor’s responsibility. Certificate (NOC) for Factories Construction batching plant 6 Clearance for KSPCB Before Contractor’s responsibility. establishing Asphalt Construction Plant 7 Installation of Karnataka Electricity Before Contractor’s responsibility. Generators company of Installation respective regions 8 Clearance for Department of Mines Before Contractor’s responsibility. excavation & & Geology/ Local Quarrying transporting soil Bodies 9 Permission for Department of Mines Before If the extraction of boulder is extraction of boulder & Geology. Quarrying being procured from the existing Government of quarry/supplier, it shall be Karnataka ensured that, requisite license/ lease has been obtained from the concerned Authority. 10 Permission for Department of Mines Before If the extraction of sand is being extraction of sand & Geology. Quarrying procured from the existing sand Government of quarry/supplier, it shall be Karnataka ensured that requisite license/lease has been obtained from the concerned Authority. 11 License for storing Commissioner of During Contractor’s responsibility. diesel Explosives & KSPCB Construction 12 Labour camps District Health Officer During Contractor’s responsibility. Construction 13 Clearance for crossing Irrigation Department, During Contractor’s responsibility. other waterways Government of Construction Karnataka at the specific site 14 If water has to be Concerned Water During Contractor’s responsibility. taken from river / Authority Construction Reservoir at the specific site

31 32

4 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 65. The alignment of the proposed Padubidri - Karkala corridor passes through Udupi and Karkala taluks of Udupi district in the state of Karnataka. The baseline environment of the project influence area such as climate, physiography, biological and socio-economic environment of the project influence area has been discussed in this chapter. 4.1 Physical Environment

4.1.1 Physiography and relief 66. The district comprises of three distinct physiographic units viz., (i) Narrow stretch of coastal tract (ii) Up land area (iii) The hilly terrain. The coastal areas exhibit coastal beach, spits and creeks and backwater swamps with the surface features of sandy strips and linear troughs. The coastal parallel troughs are seen around Parampalli, Kota and Manur. The area adjoining the coastal stretch exhibits forested high hilly topography with deep valleys. Most part of the district is rugged terrain and demarcates areas with slopes of less than 2%, 2 to 5% and more than 5%. About 50.68% of the district falls under 2 to 5% slope and remaining fall under more than 5% slope. Most part of Lateritic capped pediplains have an elevation ranging from 40 to 60 m above mean sea level is an important physiographic feature. Upland pediplain area intercepted with low hills between Western Ghats and the coast, which is moderately cultivated. Western Ghats and forested area located on the eastern part of the district. The physiography of the Padubidri – Karkala subproject is presented in Annex - 1.

4.1.2 Climate 67. The climate in Udupi is hot in summers and pretty good in winter. During summers (from March to May) the temperature reaches up to 40°C and in winters (from December to February) it is usually between 32°C and 20°C. The climate here is characterized by excessive humidity during greater part of the year. The Monsoon period is from June to September with one of the highest rainfall in India averaging more than 4000mm with heavy winds every year. 80% of the rainfall received during June to August. The climatic condition of the Project area is presented in Annex - 2.

4.1.3 Rainfall 68. Udupi district gets highest annual rainfall in Karnataka state, about 4000 mm. In this coastal district, bulk of the rainfall that is over 85% occurs during monsoon season. The temporal variation of rainfall is confined to 3 to 4 months in a year. The rainfall increases from west to east with co-efficient of variability ranging from 18.7 to 18.9%. Average Annual Rainfall is 4136.3 mm. The normal and actual rainfall of the project en route is given in Table 4.1.

Table 4-1: The normal and actual average rainfall (in mm) in the project en route Cor. Annual Normal Annual Actual Corridor description District ID Rainfall (mm) Rainfall (mm) 48A Padubidri - Karkala 4136.3 4287 Udupi Source: Indian Meteorological Department, 2004.

4.1.4 Temperature 69. The climate of Udupi is generally hot in summers and pleasant in winters. The maximum temperature touches 40°C in summers (March to May) with a minimum of 18°C. Winters (December to February) have the extremes 32°C (maximum) and 14°C (minimum). The area experiences a typical maritime climate with an average temperature of 26.5°C. The average mean maximum and minimum temperature of the project area is presented in Table 4.2

Table 4-2: Average Mean Maximum and Mean Minimum Temperature (0 C) of the Project Area Cor. Mean Maximum Mean Minimum Link Description IMD Station ID (oC) (oC) 48A Padubidri - Karkala 37.25 18.12 Bajpe Source: Indian Meteorological Department from Year 1996 to 2000 4.1.5 Wind Intensity and Direction 70. The wind pattern and intensity of the wind observed at nearest meteorological stations are presented in the form of Wind-rose from Figure 4.1.

Figure 4-1: Wind-rose Mangalore Meteorological Station

N 35

NW 25 NE

5 8.30 Hours - Calm 13% W 0 E 17.30 Hours- Calm-9%

SW SE

Mangalore-IMD Station Direction % % N 11 11 NE 10 6 E 6 4 SE 3 3 S 4 3 SW 31 32 W 11 17 NW 11 15 Calm 13 9

33 34

Mean Wind Speed 8.50 KMPH Source: Indian Meteorological Department 4.1.6 Monitoring of Ambient Air quality and Ambient Noise levels 71. The subproject 48A being 27.86 km in length does not qualify for EIA studies under the purview of EIA Notification, 2006. The subproject implementation does not cause significant environmental impact and most of the impacts are temporary in nature and does not warrant for monitoring the baseline environmental attributes such as air and noise along the project corridor.

4.1.7 Water Resources 72. This coastal agro climatic west flow river basin is characterized by maritime climate. It covers parts of Mulki, Shirva, Swarna Yennehole, Madisala, Sita, Haladi, Chakravani, Kollur, Baindur and Sankadagudi hole sub basins. These rivers are perennial during normal rainfall years where as tributaries and smaller streams become dry during summer. The prevailing high gradient in the hilly terrain and heavy rainfall brings great volume of water in these rivers during monsoon. These rivers join Arabian Sea and are prone to tidal effects to considerable lengths in the inland area. The Drainage and river Basins of the project area is presented in Annex - 3. There is no major irrigation scheme in Udupi district. The minor irrigation schemes include both surface water and ground water schemes. The ground water schemes consists of Dug wells, Shallow and Deep tube wells, while surface water schemes includes surface flow (tanks, anicuts, pick ups, barrages) and lift irrigation schemes. Lift irrigation is the major irrigation practice. The drainage and river basins of the project area is presented in Annex - 3.

4.1.8 Hydrogeology 73. Ground water in the region mainly occur in various geologic formations like beach alluvium, coastal sediments, laterites and in weathered and fractured granitic gneisses under phreatic and semi-confined to confined conditions, but mainly under water table conditions. Coastal alluvium along with the laterites, which underlie them, occurs as an aquifer of phreatic nature. Ground water occurs in weathered mantle and fractured crystalline formations under semi confined to confined conditions. The ground water in and below the black clayey horizons of coastal sediments found with high salinity and marks the index bed for saline water and fresh water interface. Dug wells are the most common groundwater abstraction structures encountered in lateritic terrain. Based on the morphogenetic and geological diversities and aquifer characteristics; Udupi district can be subdivided in to two broad hydrogeological units a) Hard and fissured formations in the pediplain b) Porous unconsolidated formations in he coast. The water contours and ground water yields in the project area are given in Table 4.3 and irrigation and hydrogeology of the project area is presented in Annex - 4.

Table 4-3: Water Contours and water Yield Cor. ID Water Contours (M Above Link Description Yield (L/Sec) MSL) 48A Padubidri - Karkala 20 - 100 1 - 5

4.1.9 Monitoring of water quality along the project area 74. Water sampling was carried at identified locations in the project area to assess the existing water quality along the project en route and presented in Table 4.4.

Table 4-4: Water Quality along the Project area Monitoring location Permissible limits Parameters Units Stream (IS 10500: 1991) Remarks at Ch 5.00 Km (48A) Colour Hazen <5.0 25 Complies PH 6.79 6.5 to 8.5 Complies Turbidity NTU 12.1 10 Not complies TDS mg/l 38.0 2000 Complies DO mg/l 5.4 - - Nitrites+ Nitrates mg/l 0.96 100 Complies Total Alkalinity mg/l 12.0 600 Complies Sulphates mg/l 3.42 400 Complies Chlorides mg/l 6.79 1000 Complies Sodium mg/l 0.31 - - Phosphate mg/l <0.01 - - Calcium as CaCO3 mg/l 3.36 200 Complies Magnesium mg/l 2.04 30 Complies Total hardness as mg/l 600 Complies 16.80 CaCO3 Potassium as K mg/l 0.02 - - Fluoride as F mg/l 0.17 1.5 Complies Lead as Pb mg/l <0.01 0.05 Complies Chromium as Cr mg/l <0.01 1.0 Complies Copper as Cu mg/l 0.05 1.5 Complies Zinc as Zn mg/l 0.04 5.0 Complies Iron as Fe mg/l 0.18 1.0 Complies Manganese as Mn mg/l 0.04 0.3 Complies Mercury as Hg mg/l <0.001 0.001 Complies E-Coli Present/ Absent Nil / 100ml Complies absent 4.1.10 Geology 75. Geologically the rocks like Granitic gneisses with occasional laterite capping and unconsolidated river and marine sediments, occupy the Udupi district. The gneiss is wide spread in the distinct outcrops at varying magnitude especially along river courses. Basic intrusives like dolerites and gabbros and acidic intrusives like pegmatite and quartz veins and pink porphyritic granites are found all over the district. The recent alluvium and colluvial deposits occur along the riverbanks and seacoast. The exposures of crystalline rocks found as isolated hills along the shore and off shore. The black clayey marine sediments with a thickness of 0.30m to >1.00m occur as lenses along the coast and in the deltaic islands. Its occurrence is marked at a depth range of 5.00 to 6.00 mbgl. Map showing the Rocks and Minerals of the project area is exhibited in Annex – 5.

4.1.11 Soils 76. The district is covered with three types of soils i) sandy soil covering the beaches and the adjoining stretches ii) yellow loamy soil and iii) red lateritic soil. The sandy soils are confined to a narrow strip of the coast having width ranging from less than 100 m to as much

35 36

as a kilometer. These fine to medium texture sands are characterized by their extremely high rate of infiltration and act as a good recharge media for ground water. Yellow loamy soils are transported from origin and are found mostly along riverbanks and lower reaches of valleys. They are mostly used for tile industries. This soil type is very well suited for irrigation and shows good response to irrigation practices. Red lateritic soil is the most dominant soil type in the area. The texture of these soils varies from fine to coarse. The soil in the valleys and immediate slopes are rich in loam where as in upper slopes and pediplanes are much coarser in nature. The degree of leaching undergone by this soil type is also variable. Types of soil in the project area are presented in Annex – 6.

4.1.12 Soil characteristics in the subproject area: 77. The soil testing has been carried out at identified location to assess the soil characteristics in the project area which helps to assess the nutritional requirement for the plantations and survivability of the avenue plantations in the project area. Soil characteristics are presented in Table 4.5.

Table 4-5: Soil characteristics in subproject area Parameters Cor. Link Molnitoring Na as Chloride Organic N P K Lead ID Description location PH Na O as Cl Carbon (mg/gm) (mg/gm) (mg/gm) 2 (mg/kg) (mg/gm) (mg/gm) (mg/gm) Padubidri - At Ch. 10.00 48A 7.5 0.21 0.02 0.40 0.81 0.035 3.43 <0.01 Karkala km (48A) 4.2 Land use pattern

78. The total geographical area of Udupi district is 3,56,446 hectares. Area under forest constitutes 99,448 hectares (27.9%); Area not available for cultivation is 50,259 hectares (14.1%); Cultivable waste land constitutes 33,149 hectares (9.3%); uncultivated land is about 59,170 hectares (16.6%); fallow land constitutes about 12,832 hectares (3.6%) and followed by net sown area of 101587 hectares (28.5%) of the total area. Land use pattern of the project area is shown in Annex – 7.

4.2.1 Agriculture and cropping pattern 79. Udupi district is essentially an agriculture district with more than 80% of population depends on agriculture for their livelihood where as only 40% of the available land is used for agriculture. Rest is either forest land or land unsuitable for agriculture. Agriculture is confined mainly to the valley area and is by and large confined to the traditional kharif cultivations depending on the monsoon. Paddy is the main crop raised by 75% of the cultivated area in kharif season. The other crops are chillies, sweet potato, ginger and vegetables. In rabi season, paddy, chilies, black gram and green gram are raised. Pulses are raised during dry season. The crops raised during summer are limited with chief crop being sugarcane, groundnut, paddy and sweet potato. Plantation crops include coconut, cashew nut, areca nut and pepper. Cardamom is also grown in valley areas.

4.3 Biological Component

4.3.1 Fauna 80. The occurrence of the wild life species or threatened or endangered species has not been reported within the project influence area. Western Ghat forests (protected areas such as Someshwara and Mookambika wildlife sanctuaries) of the region is home to a variety of species including lion-tailed macaque, bonnet macaque, common langur, slender loris, sloth bear, gaur, wild pig, tiger, leopard, wild dog, jackal, chital, sambar, barking deer, otter, porcupine, Malabar giant squirrel and flying squirrel. Avifauna includes Malabar whistling thrush, Malabar grey hornbill, Malabar pied hornbill, great Indian hornbill, southern tree pie, yellow bulbul, scarlet minivet, racket-tailed drongo, blacknaped blue flycatcher and quake babbler. Reptiles of the area include king cobra, python, monitor lizard, etc.

4.3.2 Flora 81. The subproject area is predominantly characterised by moist evergreen montane forest types. The montane evergreen forests support a great diversity of species. The trees generally form a canopy at 15 to 20 m, and the forests are multistoried and rich in epiphytes, especially orchids. Characteristic canopy trees are Cullenia exarillata, Mesua ferrea, Palaquium ellipticum, Gluta travancorica, and Nageia wallichiana. Nageia is a podocarp conifer with origins in the ancient supercontinent of Gondwana, of which India was formerly part, and a number of other plants in the eco-region have Gondwana origins. Other evergreen tree species of the montane forest include Calophyllum austroindicum, Garcinia rubro-echinata, Garcinia travancorica, Diospyros barberi, Memecylon subramanii, Memecylon gracile, Goniothalamus rhyncantherus, and Vernonia travancorica. The other major habitat type in the project area is shola-grassland complex, found at elevations of 1,900 to 2,220 m. Shola is a stunted forest, with an upper story of small trees, generally Pygeum gardneri, Schefflera racemosa, Linociera ramiflora, Syzygium spp., Rhododendron nilgiricum, etc. The forest type in the project area is shown in the Annex – 8.

4.3.3 National parks 82. Subproject does not pass through eco-sensitive area such as National Parks and Wild life Sanctuaries and there are no notified National Parks and Wild life Sanctuaries in the near vicinity of the subproject. The nearest Kudremukha National Park is approximately 15 km away from Karkal town (end of the Subproject link 48A). Udupi district has Someshwara Wildlife sanctuary and Mookambilka wildlife sanctuary which are 40 km and 70 km away respectively from the subproject 48A. 4.4 Social Environment 83. The subproject stretch covers mainly of cultivable land with verities of crops such as paddy, sweet potato, ginger and vegetables including plantation crops such as coconut, cashew nut, areca nut and pepper, cardamom which are grown in valley areas. Many habitations such as Padebettu, Nadsale, Palimar, Nandikur, Santhoor, Belmannu, Nandalike, Kedinje, Nitte, etc. and at major settlements like Padubidri, Belmannu and Karkala towns are located along the road side. Public institutions like, schools, hospitals, banks which facilitate the general public with good service and public and cultural assets like community halls, worship places like temples are also located. Changes in the socio-

37 38 environmental, socio-economic, socio-cultural set up are envisaged from the proposed project road development. All these features of the social environment along route have been recorded. Social impact on project affected persons, loss of structures; displaced people are given in SIA report.

4.4.1 Demographic Features 84. As per 2001 India census, Udupi district has a population of 11,12,243. Males constitute 46.95% and females 53.05% of the total population. District has the literacy rate of 81.25 % with 88.23 % and 75.19 % of the male and female literacy rate respectively. The basic features of demography along the study corridor have been indicated in the Table 4-6. Due to the absence of better data, the figures as of 2001 Census of Population have been used. The demographic data given in the following tables has been worked out considering all villages’ and towns’ administrative boundaries within which the proposed subproject passes.

Table 4-6: Demographic Features of the Study Area Total Total male Total female SC STs Literacy Location Population Population Population % % % 48A 84548 40049 44499 7.20 2.06 77.67 Source: Primary Census Abstract, Census of India, 2001

4.4.2 Occupational Pattern 85. In Table 4.7, attempt has been made to show the features of the workforce in the study area considering all villages’ and towns’ administrative boundaries within which the proposed subproject passes.

Table 4-7: Workforce in project area (Rural) Percentage of worker category to Total Population Link ID Main worker % Marginal Worker % Non-worker % 48A 40.33 4.53 55.14 Source: Primary Census Abstract, Census of India, 2001 86. The working population of Udupi district is 43.89% of the total population. The main worker population comprises of 37.52% of the total population and 6.37% is the marginal workers. The worker population in the district from the census data indicates that cultivators and planters dominate the total working population. The non-working population of the districts is 56.11%.

4.4.3 Sites of Tourist and Archaeological Interest 87. Padubidre, a sacred place with a number of temples and shrines, is famous for holding Dhakke Bali once in two years. The Mahalingeshwara Mahaganapathi Temple of Padubidri is well known in the Udupi and Dakshina Kannada districts. Karkala is well known for its massive 42 feet monolithic statue of Bahubali the Gomateshwara, the son of the first Jain Tirthankar, believed to have been built around 1432 AD. Chaturmukha Basadi, with a total of 108 pillars sanctified by Vir Pandya deva in 1432, is one of the noteworthy Jaina monuments sited at the rocky hill at Karkala. Venur on the bank of river Gurupur is a small town near to Karkala. Venur, once the capital of the Ajila destiny, was a great citadel of Jainism.

39 40

5 ANALYSIS ALTERNATIVES 5.1 Introduction: 88. This chapter presents a comparative analysis of various alternatives considered to prevent or minimize impacts that would be inevitable if technically (based on design speed and geometrics) best-fit alignment is followed. The consideration of alternatives to a proposal is a requirement of the EIA report. During the scoping process, alternatives to a proposal were generated or refined, either directly or by reference to the key issues identified. A comparative analysis of alternatives will help to determine the best method of achieving project objectives while minimising environmental impacts. Various alternatives selected for analysis usually includes the ‘no project’ or ‘no action’ alternative. The relative impact of each alternative is compared against the baseline environment to select a preferred alternative. 89. The constituent subproject, Padubidri - Karkala was considered after finalization of various options such as realignments, bypasses and different construction material options keeping in view objectives of the project, traffic condition, obligatory points, geometric designs, flood regions, congestions and socio-economic viability and environmental safety aspects. The discussion includes no project scenario; project with alternatives and project with mitigation measures. The objective of this chapter is to highlight some of the salient issues considered for exercising options.

5.2 Project Alternatives

5.2.1 No project scenario 90. The ‘No project scenario’ is analysed with respect to the development of the state as a requirement of reliable quality infrastructure for sustained growth of economy and consequent well-being of its citizens. Providing better connectivity within the state will ensure that, goods and people from areas accessed by the road can commute quicker and save time. Increase in trade and commerce activity is expected. The savings in the vehicle operating costs makes the subproject viable. 91. The economic activity within Udupi district will economically benefit from the proposed subproject. However, there would be an increase in the vehicular pollution - air and noise, in the vicinity of the road. Some agricultural land will be diverted for road widening, realigning and bypassing and some people will lose their properties to accommodate the proposed widening. 92. If the subproject is not implemented, the existing bad pavement of the corridor will deteriorate further. The districts will also find it extremely difficult to generate revenue. Increased air pollution, due to bad road condition, slow moving traffic and congestion will increase. Noise levels will rise due to deterioration of the pavement as well as increased honking. Without the improvement of subproject, the traffic would continue to pose a safety risk for the road users. 93. The ‘project with alternatives’ scenario, even with its adverse impacts is more acceptable than “without” project scenario which would mean an aggravation of the existing problems. Potential benefits of the proposed road improvements are substantial and far-

reaching both in terms of the geographical spread and time. The implementation of the subproject will be a definite advantage to Karnataka state in order to achieve all-round development of its economy and progress for its people.

5.2.2 Project with alternatives 94. Although the subproject alignment alternatives is limited with the objective of improving existing road with the exception of required realignments to avoid traffic congested locations, minimize resettlement of public and community properties, air pollution, noise levels and accidents, ribbon developments to safe guard social and commercial integrity of the region and to avoid exorbitant resettlement and business re-establishment costs and correct existing sharp curved (poor geometrics). Impacts from realignments are expected to be manageable due mainly due to their limited length.

5.2.3 Subproject with mitigation measures 95. Subproject with mitigation measures is the preferred alternative. In this alternative, emphasis is given to minimise the impact due to project implementation on the environmental features. This alternative is most suitable where the option of ‘project with alternatives’ is limited.

5.3 Evaluation of subproject alternatives: 96. The alternatives evaluation and selection is presented in Table 5.1.

Table 5-1: Various alternatives of the project Road Issues Alternative 1 Alternative 2 Alternative 3 components Alignment Congestion Bypass Realignment Tunnel Air pollution Widen Bypass Vegetative Screen Design Noise Solid barrier Bypass Vegetative barrier Animal/Traffic Cattle crossings in Chicanes in forest conflict rural area land Route Forest Compensation on Realignment on non- Bypass NPV forest land Water logged Embankment Drainage Realignment Material Expansive Soil Complete removal Use of fly ash within Lime stabilization regions Black cotton soil up to 100 km from thermal 1 meter and laying plant for with good Gravel embankment medium Landscape Stone quarry As much as possible Back filling and Redevelopment and to carry out quarries developing into restoration of closed underground recreational spots quarries into to a water retention bodies Obligatory Temples/cultural Realignment Shifting and points heritage reconstruction with monuments public consultation Human Land use Provide adequate Provide alternative values compensation for the lands land loss Commercial Realignment at Adequate Training integrity congested locations in compensation for the programmes urban towns buildings and for Project Affected business re- Persons (PAPs)

41 42

Road Issues Alternative 1 Alternative 2 Alternative 3 components establishment Health and Connectivity to Connectivity to education nearest Health care Nearest School Centre Source: Environmental screening report. 5.4 Bypass alternatives

97. There are no realignments and bypasses considered along the Padubidri – Karkala subproject. 5.5 Analysis of cross section type alternatives 98. Four different cross sectional alternatives were considered for the subproject corridor to suit the requirements of the region where the proposed subproject road will pass. The alternatives considered for cross section types are basically rural and urban. Further rural and urban cross sections are classified into different types to suit land use and minimize resettlement. Cross sectional alternatives considered for the subproject are given in the following Table – 5.3.

Table 5-2: Cross sectional alternatives considered in the subproject.

Width of Type of Carriageway Cross (m) Section Bays (m) Bays Median (m)Median

2 – 4- (m) Path Foot Total Width (m) Total Width Ditch Width (m) (m) Width Ditch Berm Width (m) Width Berm Blocks / Parking / Blocks Width(m) of Darin Width (m) – typical Embankment Slope Embankment Lane Lane Paved Shoulder (m) Earthen Shoulder (m) Paver with Shoulders UR1A 7 - 1.5 1 - - 2.12 0.5 2.75 22.2 2.5 to UR2 7 - 13.8 - 17.8 4.5 2.5 to UR3 7 1.1 0.9 - 14.9 - 18.9 4.5 UR7 7 1.5 1 14.6

6 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 99. There is a growing awareness on the major environmental impacts of the road development projects. Some of the major environmental impacts of road projects pertains to the natural environment and nearby communities (ecosystems). However, these impacts are easily mitigated through engineering designs and good construction practices.

100. The subproject aim being limited to upgradation of existing State Highway (1) stretch of Padubidri - Karkala subproject road will pose limited adverse impacts, all of which are site- specific, and can easily be mitigated. Irreversible impacts are few and limited to land use conversion into road carriageway. These situations do not call for full scale environmental impact assessment. The chapter identifies potential environmental impacts and formulates suitable mitigation measures.

6.1 Impact on Physical Environment

6.1.1 Climate Impacts during Construction Phase 101. The project corridor Padubidri - Karkala is in a semiarid type of climatic zone, experiencing hot and dry summer. Though no change in the macro-climatic parameters (precipitation, temperature and wind) is envisaged due to the subproject, cutting of approximately 2,337 trees, laying of paved surface and other construction activities temporarily modify the microclimate.

Mitigation measures  Efforts shall be made to minimize the number of trees being cut during design by realigning the subproject section with green tunnels. Efforts to minimize the impact on trees shall be continued during the project implementation by coordinating with the contractor.  Approximately, 5,564 avenue plantations shall be taken up along both sides of the road giving due importance to Karnataka Tree Preservation Act, and additional plantation works shall be taken up on available oxbow land locations and with in RoW as an enhancement measures to reduce the impacts of air and dust pollution and act as a natural filter to traffic emissions (Appendix – 10 and 11). Impacts during Operation Phase 102. There would be an increase in daytime temperature near the newly paved surfaces of the road due to increase in the surface area of blacktop of widened road and loss of shade giving trees. Temporary increase in the temperature assumes significance especially to the slow moving traffic, pedestrians and the first row of residences / receptors along the corridor.

Mitigation measures  This impact shall be avoided by planting a row of avenue trees and median plantation. Landscaping and restoring the green cover along the length of the proposed road reduces the impact of temperature along the alignment (Appendix – 10).

43 44

6.1.2 Natural Hazard 103. Recently northern Karnataka has suffered a severe flood. North Karnataka being distributed with Deccan plateau with flat topped hills is prone to flooding. The subproject road 48A passes through different topographical locations and some section of subproject is prone to inundation during flash floods in the region and has significant effect over the road structure, fast deterioration of pavement and shoulder of the roads. There are no flood prone stretches identified along the subproject road.

104. As per earth quake prone zoning, whole of Karnataka State falls under zone II and III. The subproject area falls in zone III (Moderate Damage Risk Zone) meaning moderately prone to earthquakes.

Mitigation measures  The height of the embankment along with both longitudinal and cross drainage shall be improved in all areas of flood prone section in such a way that the raise in the embankment height should not act as barrier for the free flow of runoff water and should avoid flooding and water logging that could have negative impact on the traffic, local community damaging the road surface and the embankment. Run off water recharge pits have been proposed to facilitate the infiltration of runoff water into the ground (Appendix – 2).  As the subproject road falls in zone III (Moderate Damage Risk Zone) no special design considerations are warranted for civil structures.

6.1.3 Air quality 105. Air quality along the subproject road alignment and at congested major settlements locations like Padubidri, Belmannu and Karkala will be adversely impacted both during construction and operation stages.

Impacts during Construction Stages

106. Most of the dust (suspended particulate matter) during construction arises from operations such as excavation and filling during site preparation works, loading, unloading and transportation of construction material, drilling, use of heavy equipments and machinery in the earthworks and pavement works. Large quantities of dust become wind borne and are carried away depending on the wind velocity and wind direction. The fugitive dust released during the construction activities cause immediate effect on the construction workers as well as on the settlements adjacent to the alignment, especially those in the downwind direction.

107. Increased suspended particulate matter and fugitive gaseous emissions like, oxides of sulphur (SO2), oxides of nitrogen (NOx), carbon monoxide (CO) and hydrocarbon (HC) will be released from vehicles, hot mix plant, batching plants and diesel generator sets; stone crushing units in the stone quarries, etc also add to the problem. Most of the generated pollutants from the above activities are limited to construction phase and confined to impact zone in downwind direction of the site hence no significant is envisaged.

Mitigation measures

 Consent for Establishment (CFE) and Consent for Operation (CFO) shall be obtained for construction establishments such as hot mix plants, batching plants and stone crushers from the SPCB. All project activities are adhered to the contractual obligations under clearances and approvals  All vehicles and construction equipments operating for the contractor and the consultant shall obtain “Pollution Under Control” (PUC) Certificates. Good maintenance of all vehicles and machines used in construction activities must be conformed to the National standards.  Vehicles deployed for borrow material, sand and aggregate haulage shall be covered with tarpaulins to be spillage proof.  Location of all construction establishments such as hot mix plants, WMM plants, Crusher plants, Construction camps and offices etc shall be located at least 1 km away from the human habitations and preferably on the leeward side ensuring all legal requirements and standards (Appendix - 21).  In order to curb the increased fugitive dust emissions in the area due to excavations, loading, unloading, vehicular movement and raw material transport, provisions shall be made for periodical sprinkling water on all the haul roads on a regular basis during the entire construction period (Appendix – 16).  Pollution control devices such as cyclone separators /scrubbers shall be installed to control emissions from hot mix plants, crushing units and concrete batching plants. Height of the stacks shall be as per the statutory requirements.  Construction labours shall be provided with nose masks and other personnel protective equipments (Appendix – 9).  LPG or low sulphur diesel shall be used in the Diesel Generator sets and DGs are fitted with the stack of required height.  To ensure the efficacy of the mitigation measures suggested, all operational areas (work sites, haul roads, hot mix plants, quarries, borrow sites and disposal sites) under the road construction works are to be regularly monitored for air quality parameters so that suitable mitigation measures can be taken up if any of the parameters exceed the prescribed limit. Impacts during Operation Stage

108. Operation stage impacts will not be as severe as the construction stage impacts and they will be confined generally to a ribbon development close to edge of the pavement.

109. After the completion of road project, smoothened new pavement and widened roads reduces fugitive dust emissions. Reduction in the vehicular emissions is due to more uniform speed and less frequent acceleration and deceleration of vehicles. The levels of SO2, NOx, CO and HC are likely to come down to a greater extent by the operating vehicles on new smooth roads with extensive savings on consumption of fuel. However there may be localized impact with increase in number of vehicles (traffic) running on the road, adulterated fuel supply and poor maintenance of vehicle, which spreads down depending on wind direction and wind speeds.

45 46

110. There will be continued enhancement of air pollution due to increase in number of vehicles on the improved roads over a period of designed life. It is difficult to predict the pollution levels from vehicle since it is not known how the adoption of new technology vehicles would proceed. However it is possible to assess the future pollution load on the assumption that old technology vehicle would persist. The unit load of pollutants from different type of vehicles have been estimated under the same assumption by the Indian Institute of Petroleum which is presented in Table 6.1.

Table 6-1: Emission factors of different vehicles (g/Km) Types of Vehicle CO HC NOx SOx Pb TSP Two Wheeler 8.3 5.16 - 0.013 0.004 - Cars 24.03 3.57 1.57 0.053 0.0117 - Three Wheelers 12.25 7.77 - 0.029 0.009 - Buses-Urban 4.381 1.327 8.281 1.441 - 0.275 Trucks 3.425 1.327 6.475 1.127 - 0.45 Light Commercial Vehicles 1.3 0.5 2.5 0.4 - 0.1 Source: Indian Institute of Petroleum, 1985 111. Based on the emission factors and predicted increase in the number of vehicles, the loads of vehicular pollution in the project road for the year 2009 as well as those expected in 2015 have been estimated in Table 6.2.

Table 6-2: Pollution load of pollutants along the project routes (in Tons/Km) Link Link description Year CO HC NOx SO2 Pb TSP ID Padubidri - 2009 0.047099 0.016740 0.006194 0.001275 0.000022 0.000335 48A Karkala 2015 0.088997 0.029072 0.010694 0.002016 0.000042 0.000515 Note: TSP: Total Suspended Particulate, CO: Carbon Monoxide, HC Hydrocarbons, NOx: Oxides of Nitrogen, SO2: Sulpher dioxide, Pb: Lead. Mitigation measures:  During operation stage of the project, vehicular emissions of pollutants (SPM, RSPM, CO, SO2, NOx and Pb) shall be monitored at approved representative locations against the National Standards (Appendix – 7). Regular monitoring of air quality along the project area should help to ensure air pollutants within permissible limits.  Conduct roadside tailpipe emission testing on vehicles emitting visible black smoke, in coordination with other state government agencies.  Conduct information campaign on the benefits of properly maintained engines and good driving habits in reducing risk of accident and improving fuel consumption.  Avenue and median plantation along the road sides and medians respectively should help to control dust and fugitive emissions from reaching the receptors. Compensatory plantation could be taken up in the available space within RoW. Tree plantation for attenuating pollution levels shall include pollution tolerant species with thick foliage (Appendix – 10).

6.1.4 Noise Impact on Noise levels during construction stage

112. The community abutting subproject road will be adversely affected by increase in noise level due to road development activities. Road noise depends on factors such as nature of construction activity, traffic intensity, type and condition of the vehicles plying on the road, acceleration/deceleration/gear changes by the vehicles depending on the level of congestion and smoothness of road surface (IRC: 104-1988).

113. Pre construction stage activities such as establishment of workers camps, stockyards will generate a little noise in addition to localised (base) noise levels. There will be increased noise levels due to diversion of traffic and movement of heavy equipments on unpaved roads for a short duration during the pre-construction stage. As these noise generating activities are not likely to be placed near settlement locations, the noise impact is bound to be negligible.

114. Various road construction activities increase noise levels in the impact zone of the project corridor. The construction activities such as excavation for foundations, grading of the site, construction of structures and facilities, movement of heavy vehicles, loading, transportation and unloading of construction materials and also activities such as blasting at stone quarry sites, crushing plants, asphalt production produce significant noise during construction stage. Noise is a major area of concern, especially where a number of sensitive receptors are located within Impact zone and close to RoW.

115. The impact on ambient noise due to the project is not of significance during both construction as well as the operation stages.

Mitigation measures:  Use of enclosures, walls, installation of mufflers around noisy equipment and the noise sources reduce noise generated during construction and demolition activities.  Substituting quieter equipment or construction methods; minimizing time of operation and locating equipment farther from sensitive receptors.  Timing of noisier construction and demolition activities to between 6 AM and 10 PM would reduce construction noise impacts during night;  Detouring construction trucks away from noise-sensitive areas such as schools and hospitals would eliminate construction truck noise from those areas;  Personnel Protective Equipments (PPE) such as Ear plugs and earmuffs shall be provided to the workers operating or working near noise generating machines (Appendix – 9).  Equipping construction equipment engines with adequate mufflers, silencers, and engine enclosures would reduce their noise by 5 to 10 dB (A);  Turning off construction equipments during the prolonged periods of nonuse eliminates noise from construction equipment during those periods;  Regular maintenance of all equipments and training to equipment operators would reduce noise levels and increase efficiency of equipments;  Locating stationary equipment away from sensitive receptors would decrease noise considerably and

47 48

 Consideration of bypass to avoid the road construction near Gadag town will reduce the impact of noise during construction. Impact on ambient Noise levels during Operation Stage

116. The noise will be reduced during operation stage as subproject road will be smoothened and widened as a part of road improvement. However there will be negligible noise from usage of poorly maintained vehicles and old vehicles. The impact is more significant at the sensitive receptors like schools, colleges and hospitals present along the project road. Details of noise sensitive receptors located in impact zone of the project are given below in Table 6.3.

Table 6-3: Noise sensitive locations along the subproject S. Chainage LHS RHS No. (km) Lions Primary School, 1 1.100 Kanchinagar, Padubidri. Model Higher Primary School, 2 3.400 Nandikur. Udupi Jilla Panchayath Higher 3 5.600 Primary School, Adavi Nandikur. Jilla Pachayath Higher Primary 4 7.700 School, Santhur Kopla 5 12.300 St. Joseph School, Belmannu. 6 12.700 Primary Health Centre, Belmannu 7 13.000 Govt. PU College, Belmannu Govt. Model Higher Primary School, 8 13.800 Nandalike. Govt. Lower Primary School, 9 14.800 Kedingi halli. Govt. Model Higher Primary School, 10 19.100 Halekatte, Kallya. NMAM Institute of Technology, 11 20.600 Nitte. (at an higher elevation) NRAM Govt. Model Higher Primary 12 21.800 School, Nitte. UBMC Aided Govt. Higher Primary 13 25.200 School, Duphadakatte Village. 117. Adopting Highway Noise Model and by incorporating the future predicted number of vehicle users in community and noise level factor, the noise level of vehicular traffic in 2009 as well as those expected in future (2015), the noise levels have been estimated and given in Table 6.4.

Table 6-4: Noise level (in dB (A)) due to Traffic along the project Road links Total q Link u (Miles/ Project road Year Vehicle per (Vehicles/ d (in M) L (dB(A) ID Hour) day (No.) Hours) 2009 4209 175 15 24.438 72.242 48A Padubidri - Karkala 2015 7363 307 15 50.000 80.889 Mitigation measures  Planting one or more rows of avenue vegetation along the project road and stationary noise sources reduce noise

 Noise barriers have been proposed at sensitive receptors such as schools, colleges, hospitals, etc. can reduce long-term noise levels associated with road subprojects (Appendix - 6).  Traffic management measures such as prohibition on use of horns and speed restrictions at noise sensitive areas like schools, civil courts and major hospitals reduce roadway noise levels (Appendix – 14).  Reduction in traffic congestion due to road widening correspondingly decreases traffic noise levels.  A regular monitoring programme should help to ensure the control of noise pollution under prescribed limits.

6.1.5 Impact on Soil and Land use

6.1.5.1 Loss of Productive Soil and Change in Land use Construction phase:

118. Upgradation of subproject road requires acquisition of agricultural land abutting subproject where the proposed RoW width exceeds the existing RoW. Some stretches of the project corridor constitutes productive agricultural land which may be affected. Loss of agricultural land may result from the establishment of construction camp, labour camp, concrete batching plant, hot mix plants borrow areas, quarries near to subproject roads and access roads.

119. Suspended particulate matter from quarries and crushers lead to decrease in productivity of the soil; degeneration of plant species and retards the plant growth.

Mitigation measures:  Top humus rich soil from productive agricultural lands is preserved during construction and reused later for plantation works and for turfing works of embankment slopes.  All efforts shall be made to restore the sites of construction camps, labour camps, borrow areas, quarries and access roads to these establishments shall be restored and rehabilitated to its original land use after construction works are over (Appendix – 17).  It shall be planned in such a way that construction activities and diversion of traffic nearby settlements does not disturb the commercial activities of the towns (Appendix – 14). Operation Stage impacts

120. After the construction of road is over, some of the land use changes are envisaged due to improved accessibility to far off distances and changes in socio economic activities, especially linear developments at the villages and towns will increase. The agricultural and horticultural activities will be positively benefited from better roads and connectivity.

Mitigation measures:  It is necessary to ensure that no deterioration or major land use change such as ribbon development shall take place. Many of the land use changes by the subproject road improvement are beyond the control of project proponent.

49 50

6.1.5.2 Soil Erosion Construction Phase

121. Road construction activities will intensify the effects of natural soil erosion due to vegetation removal, soil disturbance and exposure of bare soil surface.

122. Soil erosion is anticipated at bridge and culvert construction sites. Problem will be more pronounced if the construction is taken up in rainy season. Construction activities such as cuttings and fillings will initiate soil erosion within CoI and at borrow areas, quarries and access roads to these areas.

Mitigation measures  Special care has to be taken while construction at erosion prone locations during monsoon.  Recommended slope ratio of 1 vertical to 2 horizontal shall be maintained to avoid soil erosion and land slides at embankment slopes and at borrow areas. IRC: 56-1974 shall be followed for treatment of embankment slopes for control of erosion (Appendix – 18).  Stone pitching and retaining structures shall be provided to control to soil erosion wherever necessary. Turfing is taken up for the embankment slopes of bridge locations as a slope protection measure and to improve the aesthetics (Appendix – 18).  All construction debris shall be cleared immediately after the construction is over to prevent unconsolidated soil being eroded by either wind or runoff water. Operation Phase

123. No significant impacts are predicted other than those resulting from neglected protection works in erosion prone areas and failure to maintain re-vegetated areas along the alignment, borrow sites, and debris disposal sites.

124. Bridge approaches with high embankments are vulnerable to soil erosion during high rainfalls.

Mitigation measures  To prevent soil erosion along the embankment during operation phase, regular monitoring inspections should be undertaken to ensure that drainage, bridge approaches and re-vegetated areas are maintained and strengthened to prevent re- occurrence of soil erosion.

6.1.5.3 Borrow areas and Quarries 125. Generally, murrum is collected from the wasteland notified from Government or with the consent from the farmers (owners) in case of farmland. Borrowing earth will cause loss of productive top soil, changes in land use, soil erosion, and degradation of land. Generation of dust from roads, spillage and compaction of borrow material along haul roads during transportation to the construction sites is of significance. List of proposed murrum borrow pits is given in Appendix – 17.

126. Sand will be dredged from Kulur Nethravathi and Palimaru Nethravathi river basins, which may alter the course of flow disturbing the river bed and velocity of flowing water in the river. Increase in localised sedimentation may be noticed nearby dredged locations.

127. No new quarries will be opened for the subproject as quarry material will be sourced from the existing nearby. However, if new quarries are to be opened up and use of explosive is absolutely necessary to break open the aggregates. Opening up quarry alters the terrain affecting the aesthetics of the landscape and alters contours of the geographical region. Impact will be very large and permanent in nature. A major source of dust during the construction stage is from stone crushing operations from the crushers and the vibrating screen.

Mitigation measures  Contractor should to prepare Debris transportation and disposal plan; Borrow area /quarry/crusher area development and rehabilitation plan before starting construction activities (Appendix- 17 and 18).  All requisite clearances shall be obtained from State Pollution Control Board, Mines and Geology Department before starting quarrying and borrowing activities.  Controlled blasting techniques like restricted quantity of explosive to be charged per delay detonator in stone quarries, shall be adhered to restrict the range of fly rock (Appendix – 18).  The information on quarries opened exclusively for the purpose of the subproject shall be brought to notice of the Government to ensure that these quarry leases are not renewed after expiry.  During construction phase there will be diversion of traffic at these quarry locations. Sprinkling water for the earthen haul roads to minimize the fugitive dust and good traffic management is necessitated (Appendix – 14)  Abandoned or closed quarries can be used as final receptors of unserviceable construction waste with required compaction. The area should be rehabilitated with good soil for 30 cm thickness and turfing or plantation shall be done in the area  Topsoil should be preserved and back filled after the rehabilitation of quarry/borrow areas Natural geographical contours and natural landscape shall be preserved and maintained.  The earth material required should be borrowed from the wasteland or barren land and should not be excavated from the productive agricultural lands and forestland (Appendix – 13).  The crusher units are to be covered with windbreaker sheet or fitted with cyclone scrubber to decrease the suspended particulate matter. Frequent sprinkling of water in the premises of the crusher will reduce the fugitive dust and growing vegetative belt around the crushers will control the suspended particulate matter (Appendix – 19).

6.1.5.4 Compaction and contamination of Soil Construction Phase

51 52

128. Soils of productive agricultural area adjoining subproject road, haul roads, construction camp area, labour camp area and at other construction establishments will be compacted due to the movement of heavy equipments, transportation vehicles and other construction activities.

129. Soil may be contaminated due to spillage and inappropriate storage of oils and lubricants at workshop areas. Soil also gets contaminated by the spills of bitumen waste at hot mix plants. Unscientific disposal of liquid waste (sewage) and domestic solid waste from construction camps and labour camps will contaminate the soil.

Mitigation measures  Soil compaction beyond RoW shall be avoided by controlling the movement of construction vehicles.  Existing roads shall be used for hauling the construction materials and new haulage roads are routed on the barren lands.  If haulage roads are inevitable on productive agricultural land, it shall be reclaimed to the original nature after the completion of construction activity.  Construction camps, labour camps, material storage areas shall be rehabilitated to the original condition after the completion of construction work.  A construction camp layout plan shall be developed with designated area for storage of fuel, oil and lubricants with required slope directing it to oil interceptor before washings are let into the waste water chamber. The collected oil and grease residues are collected and stored and disposed off as per the Hazardous waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1989 (Appendix – 20).  Waste water treatment plants shall be constructed at labour camps to treat the sewage to the prescribed CPCB standards (Appendix – 7) before disposing it on the land or water.  Domestic solid waste from construction and labour camps shall be segregated into biodegradable and non biodegradable before being sent to treatment. Biodegradable wastes are treated by composting and non biodegradable wastes are either recycled or disposed off to authorised land fill site.

6.1.6 Impact on Ground water Construction Phase

130. Water required for construction of road and for domestic uses of labour camps and workers drawn from existing community bore wells and nearby irrigation canals may impact the local users. Paved surface of the road will reduce the percolation of runoff water and decreases the ground water recharge. Sources of ground water such as bore wells and hand pumps are getting affected by the widening of the project road. Unscientific disposal of the untreated waste water generated in the construction camp and labour camps may contaminate the ground water.

Mitigation measures  In case of scarcity of water for construction purposes, contractor shall prepare and implement the approved Water Management Plan in accordance with the Appendix –

15. The contractor shall provide a list of locations and type of sources from where water for construction shall be extracted.  Ground water recharge pits shall be provided at suitable intervals to facilitate the recharge of runoff water in to the ground augmenting the water table of the project area (Appendix – 2).  The contractor shall use ground/surface water as a source of water for the construction and may set up own bore well facility for construction work with requisite permission from State Ground Water Authorities. To avoid disruption/disturbance to availability and supply to nearby communities, contractor shall extract water from approved locations.  Contractor may take surface water from the Irrigation Canal with the written consent from the Irrigation Department.  Construction camps and labour camps shall be provided with suitable storage and treatment facility to treat the sewage. Before it is disposed off (Appendix – 21).  All ground water supply sources which are impacted by the subproject road are relocated to a suitable location in consultation with local community. Operation Stage

131. No significant impact on ground water during operation phase except reduction in the recharge of ground water due to paved surface of the subproject road.

Mitigation measures  Provision for Ground water recharge pits are made at suitable location along the subproject road to facilitate the runoff water to percolate in to the ground (Appendix – 2). Regular maintenance of these recharge pits shall be done during the operation stage to prevent choking of these recharge pits.

6.1.7 Impact on surface water bodies Construction Phase

132. There are small streams Gurupura river in the impact zone and Swarna river in the influence zone. There are a few small streams crossed by the subproject road. There are no major ponds along the project road. Disturbance to flows; alteration of drainage causing erosion; sewage and oil/grease/lubricant contamination from construction camps may occur.

133. Some of the water supply units adjacent to subproject road within proposed RoW will be impacted. The affected water supply units such as hand pumps, wells and agricultural bore wells within proposed RoW are given in Table 6.5.

Table 6-5: Water supply sources likely affected link wise in the project area (in Nos.) Bore MWS/ Over Public Hand Wate Link Wells and Water Water Head Toilet/ Link description Pump r ID Pump cister Lines Tank/GL Man s Taps house n Reservoir hole 48 Padubidri - 3 3 0 0 0 0 0 A Karkala 134. Use of local water resources for road construction activities may disturb local water supply and use.

53 54

Mitigation measures  Construction works of culverts and bridge (cross drainage structures) are taken up during the lean flow periods in summer to minimize the impacts on drainage.  All the water resources and water supply connections such as bore wells, taps, water cisterns, and pipelines being impacted by the project shall be relocated in such a manner that it should not hamper the access to drinking water. Relocation of bore wells shall be done with consent of concerned water supply authority or the owner.  Water for construction shall not be tapped from the surface water resources like non- perennial rivers, lakes and water tanks which are being utilized for drinking purposes.  Ponds and other cattle feed tanks should be conserved by effective planning and design modifications. If so affected new ponds have to be constructed by taking the public opinion and revenue authority. The locations should be such that it should be on barren land.  Provision for enhancement of one water body along the stretch of the subproject road has been made (Appendix – 11).  Construction waste shall not be dumped in to the rivers as it constricts the passage to the flow of water and ecosystem of the water body is disturbed (Appendix – 16).  Appropriate location should be sited for the construction camp, workers camp, etc. to prevent the waste water from entering these water resources and prevent incidence of spreading of communicable diseases through water. Provision for treatment of wastewater shall be made (Appendix – 21).  Cleaning of construction vehicles and construction equipments shall be prohibited at rivers, canal and other water bodies.  When the excavation is undertaken in the wet area of the water body, the banks shall be protected, such that the slopes are not steeper than 1 vertical to 2 horizontal. Protection works such as geo-textures, silt traps shall be used to control the erosion at these points.  Provision for silt traps has been made at regular intervals of the subproject road (Appendix – 3)  All efforts shall be maintained to use the hazardous scarified bituminous material in the construction of approach roads and disposed off in the landfill or dumping into clay lined bitumen disposal pits so that that leachate does not reach the ground water and pollute (Appendix – 5).  Provision for oil interceptors shall be made at all the construction camps/workshop areas to separate the oil and grease waste generated from servicing of equipments and vehicles used in the construction (Appendix – 8). Operation stage

135. Surface water contamination may result from storm water containing oil and grease, metals and other pollutants released by vehicles on the roadway. Storm water may also contain nutrients and herbicides used for management of vegetation in the right-of-way.

136. Proposed widening also contributes to consolidation of embankment decreasing the permeability of the paved and unpaved shoulder area by decreasing the ground water

55 recharge and increasing in run off aftermaths of road construction. Surface runoff also increases due to paved impervious surface of main carriageway.

137. The accidental spills of oils, fuels and other hazardous chemicals on the roads during operational phase will pollute near by water courses of the area.

Mitigation measures  During operation stage, regular cleaning of chocked / blocked or damaged drainage provision are necessary to avoid operational impact.  Monitoring of water quality to comply with Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act will have better control over the quality maintenance.

6.1.8 Impact on Hydrology and Drainage Construction Phase

138. Construction of high embankment road may act as a barrier to the flow of runoff water in absence of adequate cross drainage structures.

139. Run off water quantity may increase near the project area due to the paved surface of the subproject road.

Mitigation measures  In addition to treatment of existing culverts and bridges, new cross drainage structures shall be proposed to take care of the increased run off and maintain the existing drainage morphometry of the project area.  Longitudinal drainage system is designed to handle surface runoff from the paved surface of the road and embankment slopes as per IRC: SP 42 and IRC: SP 50.  Rain water harvesting structures shall be provided to recharge the ground water from excess of runoff from the surface of the project road. Operation Stage

140. Hydrology of the project area is least impacted during operation stage, if all design criterion are taken into consideration during design.

Mitigation measures  Regular maintenance of drains by removing the silt and dirt before the start of monsoon will prevent choking of drains. 6.2 Impact on Biological Environment

6.2.1 Terrestrial Ecology 141. Most of the project road stretch passes through agricultural areas and built-up areas and there are no National Parks, Wildlife Sanctuaries and other eco-sensitive areas nearby subproject road

55 56

Construction Stage

142. The acquisition of productive agricultural land at some stretches is inherent to the road development projects. The loss of crops on productive agricultural land is inevitable during construction stage due to operating heavy vehicles.

143. Some stretches of avenue trees such as Acacia auriculiformis, Mangifera indica (Mavu), Ficus benghalensis(Ala), Artocarpus heterophyllus (Halasu) are found as avenue trees along the subproject road. Total of 2,337 trees are impacted due to the project. Cutting of trees will have negligible impact on local meteorological parameters. Details of number of trees to be felled in the project area for the proposed road widening are presented in Table 6.6.

Table 6-6: Girth wise likely impact on avenue trees (in Nos.) Link Girth (30cm Girth (>60cm Girth (>90cm Girth Link description Total ID –60 cm) - 90cm) - 180cm) (>180cm) 48A Padubidri - Karkala 986 684 336 331 2337 144. During construction of subproject road, there will be inconvenience for local road users and domestic animals and also cause health problems by the dust and gaseous pollutants for a short period.

Mitigation measures:  Trees impacted due to the project shall only be cut after requisite permission from State Forest Department is obtained.  Trees impacted by the project shall be compensated by planting of endemic tree species which are highly tolerable to vehicular emissions and dust will be taken up as per IRC: SP 21.  The median in urban sectors are landscaped with small tree/bushes and blooming shrubs to avoid future tree cutting when the road is upgraded further.  All necessary measures such as siting of construction establishments away from human habitations; increase of stack height; regular maintenance of construction equipments and vehicles; etc. shall be taken up to reduce the dust and gaseous emissions during construction activities.  A row of approximately 5,560 avenue trees shall be planted on both sides of the subproject for the entire length (Appendix – 10). Indigenous species are selected for plantation, which will suit the local environmental conditions. Some species of trees, shrubs and herbs recommended for plantation are given in the following table.

Trees Shrubs Herbs

Trees Shrubs Herbs Acacia arabica (Kateria babul) Bougainvillea (Baganvilas) Achyranthes aspera Acacia auriculiformis (Pencil tree) Calotropis procera R. Br. Jacq. (Latjira) Samanea saman ( Rain tree) (Madar) Amaranthus graecizans Auct. Terminalia arjun (Arjuna) Cassia sophera Wall. (Kasunda) Argemone mexican L. Pongamia pinnata (Honge) Clerodendron infortunatum. (Bhant) (Sialkanta) Peltophorum pterocarpum (Yellow Croton sparsiflorus gulmohar) Ipomoea fistulosa (Behaya) Morong. Casuarina equisetifolia (Sarve mara) Lantana camara L. (Ghaneri) Solanum Murraya exotica L. (Kamini) Michelia champaca (Sampige) xanthocarpum. Polyalthia longifolia (Ashoka) Nerium odorum Ait. (Lal Kaner) (Bhatkataiya) Delonix regia (Gulmohar) Ricinus communis L. (Arand) Butea monosperma (Muthuga) Tabernaemontana coronaria Wils. (Chandni) Jacaranda mimosaefolia (Jacaranda) Thevetia nerifolia Juss. (Peela Plumeria kubra (Deva kanagale) Kaner) Bauhinia variegate (Kanchivala) Aegle marmelos Correa. (Bilpatra) Azadirachat indica. (Bevu) Ficus religiosa Forsk. (Arali) Operation stage

145. Impacts to terrestrial ecology during project operation are either minimal or positive. Trees will be established along the road such that it does not affect the visibility and improve micro-climate (see Appendix-10) and sequester greenhouse gases.

Mitigation measures  All efforts shall be made for survival of planted trees. A Memorandum of Understanding has been signed with Karnataka State Forest Department to take up the plantation work along with maintenance of trees for 7 years. Selection of big tree species having lateral growth should be avoided to ensure vertical clearance on the subproject road to avoid any obstruction to the visibility for the operating vehicles. Small avenue trees shall be preferred over big trees. Fruit bearing avenue trees shall be avoided.  The traffic – animal conflicts during the operation stage shall be resolved by implementing speed calming mitigation measures such as road humps, rumble strips, speed limits, sign boards etc (Appendix – 14).  It is necessary to comply with Hazardous Waste (Handling and Management) Rules, 1989 during road construction projects to protect animals by consuming contaminated water. Accidental chemical spills shall be handled by emergency spill procedure such as stopping the flow; removing ignition source; initiating emergency response; cleanup and safe disposal will be followed (Appendix – 20).  It is essential to make provisions for the transportation of agricultural equipments and animal crossing wherever necessary by providing service roads, speed breakers (road humps, rumble strips, signboards, etc.). Although situation does not warrant for the provision of exclusive underpasses, all possible efforts shall be made to avoid animal- traffic conflict arising out of proposed improvement of project roads.

57 58

6.2.2 Aquatic Ecology Construction Stage

146. Impacts on the aquatic ecology during construction include increase in the silt inflow to the surface water bodies and disposal of liquid wastes and untreated sewage from construction camps and labour camps into the surface water bodies.

Mitigation measures

 Construction of road embankments shall be adhered to 1:2 slope ratio and turfing on the slopes will reduce the embankment erosion. Construction of cross drainage structures will be taken up during lean flow period to avoid the silt inflow to the surface water bodies.

 Liquid wastes and sewage from the construction establishments will be treated to meet the CPCB standards (Appendix – 7) before disposing it into water bodies.

Operation stage

147. There is no significant impact on aquatic ecology during operation stage except accidental chemical spill in the project area entering the surrounding water bodies and proving detrimental to aquatic fauna.

148. There will be impact on aquatic ecology due to flow of sediments from the embankment slopes if turfing done on slopes are not regularly monitored and maintained.

Mitigation measures  Accidental chemical spills shall be handled by emergency spill procedure such as stopping the flow; removing ignition source; initiating emergency response; cleanup and safe disposal will be followed.  Provision for silt traps has been made at regular intervals, especially at major cross drainage structures to trap the silt before it reaches the water bodies along the subproject road (Appendix – 3 and 16). 6.3 Management of Construction Debris/Waste

149. Construction debris/waste is generated due to demolition of existing structures, scarification of existing pavement and excavation at some section of the subproject road. Improper disposal of scarified bitumen causes decrease in soil fertility and water pollution. Careless disposal of debris can obstruct waterways causing siltation of reservoirs and reduce capacity. Unleaded demolition wastes will cause traffic blockage and dust causing inconvenience and health risks.

Mitigation measures  During the site clearance and disposal of debris, the contractor shall take full care to ensure that public or private properties are not affected; there are no dwellings below the dumpsite and the traffic is not interrupted.  The Contractor shall at all times ensure that the entire existing canal and drains within and adjacent to the site are kept safe and free from any debris.

 Construction waste debris shall be utilised for backfilling embankments, filling pits, construction of cross roads, approach roads and landscaping before being disposed into disposal pits.  Debris disposal sites shall be sited away from sensitive locations like settlements, water body, forest areas and any other sensitive locations (Appendix – 1 and 13).  The debris dumpsites have to be suitably rehabilitated by planting local species of shrubs and other plants so that the landscape is coherent with the local environment.  Care should always be taken to maintain the hydrological flow in the area and dumping sites do not contaminate the water sources such as rivers and ponds. 150. The locations of Disposal sites have to be selected such that (Appendix – 1):  At least 1000 m away from residential area and located leeward side of wind.  Disposal sites are located at least 1000 m away from sensitive locations like Settlements, forest areas (Appendix – 13) and other sensitive locations.  Disposal sites do not contaminate any water sources, rivers etc for this site should be located away from water body.  Public perception about the location of debris disposal site has to be obtained before finalizing the location. Permission from the Village/local community is to be obtained for the Disposal site selected. 6.4 Socio-Economic Impact

6.4.1 Positive Impacts 151. Road projects aim to improve urban and rural area connectivity, which in turn will improve economic and social welfare of rural communities. Improved pavements will invite transport operators connecting remote areas improving access to markets, jobs, and education and health services. Crop pattern may change so that the perishable cash crops have an easy access to the markets and get better prices for their agricultural products.

152. Tourism will improve contributing to the local economic activities through sign/information boards with regarding ecological, tourism and pilgrimage areas (Appendix – 4). Good roads will reduce travel time, fuel consumption and pollutants emitted by the operating vehicles.

153. Roads promote social and gender equity through non-traditional channel. Access to transportation on safe roads has direct impact on economic standing and quality of life in affected community. Road improvement projects increases buying and selling opportunities, availability of emergency health care, and promotes stronger familial links. These benefits accrue differently to women than men. With increase buying and selling opportunities, women become more independent and lessen the risk associated with their vulnerabilities. Economic empowerment often means life or death for most vulnerable group in society. With access to better roads maternal mortality in affected communities due to access to health care, and the cost of transport is reduced, which is one of the key barriers to those in need of medical assistance. Usually taken for granted are impacts of roads allowing women to travel and visit extended family members which has proven to be critical in reducing risk of isolation and deterrent against domestic violence.

59 60

6.4.2 Negative Impacts 154. Improvement of existing road requires acquisition of agricultural land and also impact on the agricultural productivity at the fringe of RoW.

155. A variety of utilities serving the regional needs like electric poles, electric transformers, telephone poles, telephone junction boxes which are within impact zone shall be impacted. The categories of such impacted utilities are given in Table – 6-7.

Table 6-7: List of utilities being affected by the proposed roads (in Nos.) Link Electric Electric Telephone Telephone Link description ID poles Transformer pole Junction Box 48A Padubidri - Karkala 703 24 278 6 156. There are many religious structures such as temples, mosque, church, shrines, and arali kattes along the project corridor. Some of these impacted structures will have to be relocated or compensated. The impacted religious structures due to project road are shown in following Table 6.8.

Table 6-8: The Religious and cultural structures under impact in the project area (in Nos.) Link Link Samadi/ Community Arali Temple Mosque Church Shrine ID description Graveyard Hall/Ashrama katte Padubidri - 48A 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 Karkala 157. Some of the community structures such as Schools, hospitals and bus shelters will be disturbed is shown in following Table 6.9.

Table 6-9: The Community structure under impact in the project area (in Nos.) Primar Bus Link Hospit Arc Compoun Fenc Link description y Shelter/Stan Library ID al h d wall e School d Padubidri - 48A 0 0 25 0 0 1 0 Karkala Mitigation measures  Concerned owners of the utilities will be informed in advance to shift the utilities in co ordination with the project proponents before construction starts to avoid disruption of regional services.  Alignment shift to minimise the impact on the religious and community structures. Where it is unavoidable and the community is willing to relocate the religious property, relocation will be undertaken after adequate consultations.  Discussions with the community and various stakeholders shall be conducted for relocation or shifting of cultural properties. The details of the cultural properties being relocated are given in the RAP. 6.5 Impacts due to Construction Camp and Immigration of Workers

Construction phase

158. The proposed subproject road will require migrant workers to be accommodated in temporary camps. Impacts from these camps include storing, treating and disposing the sewage waste and solid wastes; increase of breeding sites of mosquitoes in turn increases

61 the risk of vector borne diseases such as malaria; act as potential centers for spreading diseases such as HIV by having contact with local population; and increase pressure on local resources for like fuel wood for cooking and heating purposes.

Mitigation measures  A storage area shall be selected in such a way that it leads to minimal impacts on human habitations, forest cover, wildlife etc. The operation of these equipment is to take place mostly in the underground components, which is not likely to be near habitations.  Use of septic tanks in all construction worker camps and implement surface runoff and spill management to avoid surface and ground water contamination.  Contractor shall plan for water supply for drinking and other domestic purposes without hampering existing water usage by the villagers for drinking, irrigation or other purposes. Sufficient and appropriate sanitary facilities should be provided in the labour camps in order to maintain hygienic conditions in the labour camps. The contractor shall be obligated to follow the stringent procedures so as not to pollute surface and groundwater with respect to disposing of liquid and solid wastes generated from labour camps (Appendix – 21).  The sufficient quantity and timely supply of liquid petroleum gas shall be done to the labourers for cooking and cutting of trees and vegetation shall be discouraged. 6.6 Impact on Safety and Health of Construction Workers and Accident Risk to Local Communities

6.6.1 Impacts on Occupational Health and Safety Construction Stage

159. Accidents may occur due to lack of knowledge on handling of new equipments, workers functioning without proper personal protective equipment and without possessing first aid facilities at work sites. Fire hazard due to absence of fire protective equipment at site of storage of oils, bitumen, diesel and any other form of chemicals storage may impose safety concerns.

160. During road paving, workers are subject to physical, chemical and noise hazards due to work activities as vegetation clearing, placing of the asphalt coat, curing, placing of asphalt mix and compaction. Workers are exposed to physical hazards from operating machineries and moving vehicles. Some may be exposed to elevated working condition particularly in clearing vegetation. Almost all workers will be exposed to weather elements, noise and working in limited area to minimize traffic obstruction.

Mitigation measures  All the workers at construction and batching plants shall be compulsorily equipped with personal protective equipments like Gum boots, Helmet, Ear plugs, air mask and goggles (Appendix – 9).  Provision of first aid facilities for all the construction workers at construction camps and all workplaces first aid equipment and nursing staff must be provided (Appendix – 16).

61 62

 Periodical health check-up of the workers are to be arranged by the contactors to ensure good health. For those workers working in hot mix plants and with bitumen pavers, health checkups for monitoring benzene content in their blood, especially before and after the construction is ensured.  Contractor shall implement road safety plan and attend to issues of health and safety of construction workers; maintaining and cleaning up campsites and safeguard the environment in the vicinity of project area (Appendix – 16).  No construction camp shall be located within 1000m of major habitations to avoid disease outbreak and communicable diseases. Required health facility shall be arranged for the construction labourers to take care of accidents and other treatments (Appendix – 21).  Adequate sanitary, drainage, toilets with septic tanks, refuse collection and disposal facilities shall be provided for the construction workers. The provision of a potable water supply, cooking fuel and toilet facilities shall be made as per the stipulated guidelines of the Indian labour Act.  All the workers have to be supplied with potable drinking water at all times without affecting the water availability and supply to nearby communities.  The sewage generated from the construction workers camps shall be properly designed, treated and disposed off so that no water pollution takes place. Treated water shall be stored properly for subsequent use for gardening and non domestic purposes (Appendix – 21). Solid waste generated from the construction workers camps shall be stored properly and treated either by composting or by land filling.

 Development and implementation of transportation management plan to ensure work zone safety and workers safety training are the principal measures to address occupational safety risk. The transportation management plan will be prepared by the contractor at least 45 days from the commencement of the construction and submitted to Environmental Engineer, PIU for review and approval. The plan will clearly establish work zones to separate workers on foot from traffic and equipment, by rerouting traffic to alternative roads or shoulders and closure of lanes and diversion.

 Contractor shall ensure that all workers have undergone training in safety practices and use of personal protective equipment at least 30 days before the commencement of work.

 Workers engaged in overhead works will ensure that work place is barricaded for unauthorized access. proper training on hoisting/lifting equipment, proper maintenance of lifting equipment, strict implementation of equipment lifting procedures, and proper use of ladders.

 Workers shall be protected from exposure to chemical hazards during construction associated with dust from paving activities, exhaust from heavy equipment emissions and use of paint and diesel. Workers will be supplied with protective clothing when working with mixture of asphalt and solvents. Handling and storage of bitumen should be guided by the bitumen materials safety data sheet (Appendix – 22).

 Contractor will practice work rotation system among the workers to reduce health impacts related to prolonged exposure to noise.

Operation stage

161. Most of the project road stretch passes through agricultural areas, frequented by transportation of agricultural equipments, harvested crops and domestic animals for grazing purposes. The common traffic – animal conflict is accidents by rash driving or breakdown of vehicles leading to death of cattle and domestic animals.

162. Accidental chemical spill or indiscriminate disposal of bituminous materials in the project area may impact the terrestrial ecology and enter surrounding water bodies proving detrimental to local fauna.

Mitigation measures  Commuters and road using community will be educated on the road safety issues to reduce the accidents involving traffic – animal.  Accident Safety and Hazardous Chemical Spill Management Plan shall be prepared by the contractor and submitted to Environmental Engineer, PIU. The plan should also have details of detours in case of emergency.

6.6.2 Impacts on Community Health and Safety Construction Phase

163. Traffic will be affected causing inconvenience, longer travel time and higher cost. The traffic diversions on unpaved roads will also increase the dust generation in the surrounding areas. The accidents are also increase due to traffic disruption. 164. Communities traversed along the subproject road will be subject to a range of health and safety risk during road paving. These impacts include dust, noise and vibration from construction vehicle transit, communicable diseases from influx of temporary migrant workers. The more significant health and safety issues from road project are pedestrian safety, traffic safety, and emergency preparedness. Mitigation measures  Contractor shall at all times carry out construction work on the road in manner creating least interference to the free flow of traffic. Contractor shall provide and maintain, during execution of the work, a passage for traffic either along a part of the existing carriageway under improvement or along a temporary diversion constructed close to the sub project road (Appendix – 14).  The Contractor shall take all necessary measures for the safety of traffic during construction and provide, erect and maintain such barricades, including signs, marking, flags, lights and flagmen for the formation and protection of traffic approaching or passing through the section of the road under construction.  Before taking up any construction, an agreed Traffic Management Plan for the diversion of traffic on the subproject road shall be drawn up in consultation with Environmental Engineer of CSC.

63 64

 Upon completion of the works for which the temporary traffic arrangements or diversions have been made, the Contractor shall remove all temporary installations and signs and reinstate all affected roads and other structures or installations to the conditions that existed before the work started, as directed by the Engineer.  Provision for temporary traffic diversions shall be made on the paved and well compacted surfaces to avoid the interruptions to the flow of traffic and minimise the dust generation.  The contractor will ensure availability of safe corridors and crossings of pedestrian and bicyclists where paving activities are located in inhabited areas. Consultations will be made by the contractor with affected communities on location preferences of safe crossings. The contractor will also install barriers, traffic calming devices, signs, signals and markings to avoid pedestrian from crossing hazardous sections.  Emergency preparedness shall be discussed with the traversed communities and coordinate efforts with the PIU, KSHIP through the contractor, local police, and community in addressing emergency situations like vehicular accidents, pedestrian accident, or release of oil and chemical spills.

Operation Phase

165. The more significant health and safety issues from road project are pedestrian safety, traffic safety, and emergency preparedness. Mitigation Measures  The KSHIP, in coordination with communities shall be responsible for the maintenance of signs, signals, markings, speed limits, warnings of sharp turns, including signs to alert drivers of road sections that are known for animal crossing. KSHIP shall create the awareness among the communities on emergency preparedness in addressing emergency situations like vehicular accidents, pedestrian accident, or release of oil and chemical spills.

7 STAKE HOLDER CONSULTATIONS 166. Consultation and participation with various stakeholders is an integral part of the environmental and social impact assessment and also part of regulatory requirement of EIA Notification, 2006 and ADB SPS 2009. The stake holders of the project include;  Project affected communities (on either side of the project road),  Institutional stake holders such as PCB, local bodies, Water Resource Department, Environmental Department, Mines and Geology Department, Forest Department, etc. 167. Consultations at micro-level (along the road) and macro-level (e.g. District/State level institutional consultations) help planners integrate the short term and long term requirements of the local, regional, state and national goals in to the planning process. The regional, state and national goals are generally set by the legislations and policies by controlling or limiting the activities in order to reduce and nullify the adverse impact generated by infrastructure projects like roads and highways.

7.1 Type of Consultations conducted

168. Various types of consultations done during the investigations include;  One to one meetings with affected communities  Focus group meetings with a group or section of communities 169. One on one meetings were held with key members of local communities. These consultations focused specific issues in a given section (link) of the subproject corridor. Wherever possible, such type of consultations were generally held with informed people (those members of the local communities who in their past had a thorough experience and had geographic, political and general knowledge of the area and requirements of the communities). 170. Focus group consultations were conducted with a sample section of the community with a good representation from the affected communities. Such meetings provided substantial information about the community concerns. 7.2 Consultation during Environmental Screening

171. During field reconnaissance for environmental screening, care was taken to meet people in the roadside teashops or near markets to solicit pinion on the need to improve the road and their willingness to preserve roadside avenue plantations. Responses include support of regular repairing of road but concern with the road width expansion; land acquisition and compensation for the land losers. 172. Owners of commercial establishments such as complexes and petty shops main concerns are disruption and displacement due to increase in proposed RoW; alternatives for their livelihood and space to shift their establishments. 173. On the social responsibility for preserving the roadside plantations, some of the villagers expressed their support for avenue plantation and they preferred fodder trees to other trees as it would help to feed their cattle on a sustainable manner. They also felt more compelling need to ensure supply of firewood plantations in spaces other than RoW. During

65 66 consultation there were also general opinions/suggestions on the project implementation as follows.  Most of the people were not happy with the existing road infrastructure and they need improvement of the roads.  People wanted the road of minimum width so that much of their land property is not affected.  Road works should be completed at the earliest and people should not be inconvenienced.  After construction, proper maintenance of the road should be carried out.  Noise pollution control measures during construction shall be devised at village settlements, particularly at schools. 7.3 Major findings of consultations

174. The consultation for the link was held at Nitte on 24.07.2010. There were 18 participants. Key findings of the consultations are given below.

Table 7-1: Major findings of consultations - 48 A Name of Professio Sex Issued Discussed Response Stakeholder n Ananda M Business He said already for the Shenoy Kudremukh project land has been acquired for road construction. So he has no problem with KSHIP project. Raghu M Business He wanted to know whether for all It was explained Valuation will Chandra types of homes / structures the be done according to the PWD Bandaya same compensation will be given. SR schedule of rate. He is suggesting that according to Depending on the type of the type of structure valuation material used valuation for should be done and each structure will be different. compensation be given accordingly. Dsila Nitte M Business He wanted know those who have It was explained that those shops on government land what who had shops on government compensation will be given. land will be provided with alternative shop and additional assistance will be given so that their livelihood is not affected. 7.4 Follow-up consultations

175. Subsequent to project preparation, a follow up formal consultation should be organized by the project proponents during the actual implementation of the project to involve the community and develop and promote the sense of local road ownership for its operation and maintenance.

8 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 8.1 Environmental Management Plan 176. The environmental management plan (EMP) contains specific mitigation and monitoring actions that will be carried out by the contractor and proponent. EMP deals with the management measures and implementation procedure of the guidelines along with enhancement measures recommended to avoid, minimize and mitigate foreseen environmental impacts of the project. Details of various management measures to be implemented during pre-construction, construction and operational phases are presented in the EMAP Table-8.1 and Table -8.2.

67 68

Table 8-1: Environmental Management Plan (Part-A) Responsibility Environmental Approximat Reference Sl. No. Mitigation Measures Planning and Supervision/ Issue e location law/guidelines Execution Monitoring PRE-CONSTRUCTION STAGE Pre-construction activities by PIU, KSHIP The acquisition of land and private properties shall be carried out Wherever in accordance with the RAP and entitlement framework of the existing KSHIP, LA Act 1984 Project. RoW is less Revenue Dept, P 1 Land Acquisition and its KSHIP KSHIP has to ascertain that acquisition of land in the post design than Collaborating Amendments, phase are addressed and integrated into the EMP and relevant proposed Agencies contract documents. RoW Advance notice, as per RAP shall be given to the encroachers Where Clearance of and squatters present in the Corridor of Impact, who need to be compulsory PIU, KSHIP and Encroachment/S RAP P 2 relocated. All RandR activities shall be undertaken. Entitlements resettlement Revenue KSHIP quatters (change documents as per KSHIP entitlement framework shall be completed before of people is Authority in land use) construction starts. involved Trees shall be removed from the Corridor of Impact before the Trees along actual commencement of the work with the permission from the the state Forest Department. Cutting shall not start until the subproject Contractor/Age MoRTH 201.1 CSC and / P 3 Tree Cutting implementation of the project in that particular location of cutting road falling ncy engaged by and 201.6 KSHIP is confirmed. within KSHIP Stacking, transport and storage of the wood shall be done as per proposed the relevant norms. RoW All efforts shall be made to preserve trees including evaluation of At green minor design adjustments/alternatives (as applicable) to save tunnels and trees. Specific attention shall be given for protecting giant trees, trees green tunnels and locally important trees (religiously important present at etc.). Detail of the trees affected due to the proposed project road the toe line in given in (Appendix – 10) of the Contractor/Age Preservation of Tree cutting is to proceed only after all the legal requirements carriage way MoRTH 201.2 CSC and / P 4 ncy engaged by Trees including attaining of In-principle and Formal Clearances form the and trees of and 301.5 KSHIP KSHIP Forest Dept./MoEF are completed and subsequently a written valuable order is issued to the Contractor. species Particular species declared as “protected” by the State Forest having Dept. in the private land shall be felled only after due clearance ecological from the Forest Dept. is obtained. value. In the event of design changes, additional assessments including

Responsibility Environmental Approximat Reference Sl. No. Mitigation Measures Planning and Supervision/ Issue e location law/guidelines Execution Monitoring the possibility to save trees shall be made. Systematic corridor level documentation for the trees cut and those saved shall be maintained by the KSHIP Relocation of All community utilities and properties i.e., hand pumps, open Throughout Community wells, water supply lines, sewer lines, telephone cables, buildings the corridor KSHIP, other Utilities and and health centers shall not be relocated before construction of P 5 RAP document Agencies / KSHIP Common subproject road starts. Contractor Property Resources All religious property resources such as shrines, temples and Throughout mosques within the project road shall be relocated. A list of the stretch cultural properties affected is given in the Chapter-2 Summary of especially Impacts. nearby Relocation of If there is any relocation of the religious structures may happen settlements affected Cultural then it shall be identified in accordance with the choice of the KSHIP/ CSC/ P 6 MoRTH 110.7 and Religious community. KSHIP in consultation with local people shall finalize Contractor KSHIP Properties those. The entire process (i.e. selection of relocation sites and design) shall be under supervision of Environmental Specialist of CSC, during the construction stage by the Contractor. The relocation shall be completed before the construction starts in these sites. Pre-construction activities by the Contractor/Environmental Specialist of CSC P 7 Field Verification and Modification of the Contract Documents The Environmental Specialist of CSC and the Contractor shall Throughout Contractor/ Joint Field carry out joint field verification to ascertain any possibilities of the stretch Environmental P.7.1 MoRTH 201.2 KSHIP Verification saving trees, environmental and community resources, and these of Specialist of activities are to be taken up by the construction contractor. subproject CSC Assessment of The Environmental Specialist of CSC shall assess impacts and Where ever Contractor/ Impacts due to revise/modify the EMP and other required sections of the project changes are Environmental P.7.2 Changes/Revisi document/s in the event of changes/revisions (including addition applicable KSHIP Specialist of ons/additions in or deletion) in the project’s scope of work. CSC the Project Work Crushers, Hot- All construction plants shall be sited sufficiently away from At all MoRTH 111.1, Contractor/ P.7.3 mix plants and settlements and agricultural operations or any commercial Crushers, Air (prevention Environmental KSHIP Batching Plants establishments. Such plants shall be located at least 100m away Hot-mix of control of Specialist of

Responsibility Environmental Approximat Reference Sl. No. Mitigation Measures Planning and Supervision/ Issue e location law/guidelines Execution Monitoring Location from the nearest dwelling preferably in the downwind direction. plants and pollution) Act, CSC The Contractor shall submit a detailed layout plan for all such Batching 1981and Noise sites and approval of Environmental Specialist of CSC shall be Plants Rules necessary prior to the establishment. opened up Arrangements to control dust pollution through provision of for the windscreens, water sprinklers, and dust extraction systems shall construction have to be provided at all such sites. of Specifications for crushers, hot mix plants and batching plants subproject shall comply with the requirements of the relevant emission road control legislations. Consent for the Establishment and Operation from KSPCB shall be obtained before establishment and operation respectively and a copy should be submitted to the CSC and KSHIP. Wherever there is extremely water scarcity areas exist the Water sprinkling shall be limited to one time in the morning. To balance this deficient information boards shall be erected at appropriate locations with a message to “Dust prone area take precautions. All vehicles, equipment and machinery to be procured for Applicable construction shall confirm to the relevant Bureau of India to all Standard (BIS) norms. The discharge standards promulgated vehicles Air pollution Other under the Environment Protection Act, 1986 and Motor Vehicles used in the Control Act, Contractor/ Construction Act, 1988 shall be strictly adhered to. construction and Noise Environmental P.7.4 Vehicles, KSHIP The silent/quiet equipment available in the market shall be used Rules and Specialist of Equipment and in the Project. Motor Vehicle CSC Machinery The Contractor shall maintain a record of PUC for all vehicles and Act, 1988 machinery used during the contract period which shall be produced to EO, KSHIP’s verification whenever required. P 8 Identification and Selection of Material Sources Finalising soil borrowing earth and all logistic arrangements as Borrow sites IRC Guidelines well as compliance to environmental requirements, as applicable, on borrow Contractor/ shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. areas and Environmental .8.1 Borrow Areas The Contractor shall not start borrowing earth from selected quarries; EPA KSHIP Specialist of borrow area until the formal agreement is signed between 1986 and CSC landowner and Contractor and a copy is submitted to the CSC. MoRTH 111.2 Locations finalized by the Contractor shall be reported to the and 305.2.2

Responsibility Environmental Approximat Reference Sl. No. Mitigation Measures Planning and Supervision/ Issue e location law/guidelines Execution Monitoring Environmental Specialist of CSC and he shall submit the report to KSHIP. Planning of haul roads for accessing borrows areas shall be undertaken during this stage. The haul roads shall be routed to avoid agricultural areas as far as possible and shall use the existing village roads wherever available. The environmental personnel of the CSC shall be required to inspect every borrow area location prior to approval. The CSC should include the Request for Inspection form for borrow area approval from the environmental point of view. Contractor shall finalize the quarry for procurement of Quarry sites construction materials after assessment of the availability of sufficient quantity of materials, quality and other logistic arrangements. In case the Contractor decides to use quarries other than Environment MoRTH 111.3 P.8.2 Quarry recommended by DPR consultant, then the Contractor should Contractor al Specialist

give substantiation. of CSC Contractor shall also work out haul road network and report to Environmental Specialist of CSC and CSC shall inspect and in turn report to KSHIP before approval.

In view of the special situation in Karnataka, Contractor shall Throughout prepare and implement the approved Water Management Plan in the accordance with the Appendix-16, Appendix-24 and BoQ subproject Environment mitigation works The contractor shall use ground/surface water as a source of As per the water for the construction and may set up own bore well facility contract Arrangement for Environment for construction work. document and P.8.3 Construction Contractor al Specialist Contractor may take surface water from the Irrigation Canal with Clause No. Water of CSC the written consent from the Irrigation Department. 1010 EPA, To avoid disruption/disturbance to other water users, the 1986 Contractor shall extract water from fixed locations and consult Environmental Specialist of CSC before finalizing the locations. The Contractor shall provide a list of locations and type of sources from where water for construction shall be extracted.

Responsibility Environmental Approximat Reference Sl. No. Mitigation Measures Planning and Supervision/ Issue e location law/guidelines Execution Monitoring The Contractor shall need to comply with the requirements of the State Ground Water Department for the extraction and seek their approval for doing so and submit copies of the permission to CSC and KSHIP. The Sand shall be procured from identified sand mines as far as Sand All riverbeds possible. If the Contractor wants to obtain from source other than quarries As per the recommended listed in EMP, substitution shall be provided with the details of the being used P 9 Sand contract for sand aggregates source and lead distance. for the document4 extraction for The Contractor shall obtain copy of the Lease Agreement of the construction the project. supplier and submit to CSC before procuring the sand. The Contractor shall preferably use unskilled labour drawn from Throughout As per the Environment Labour local communities to give maximum benefits to the local the P 10 Contract Contractor al Specialist Requirements community. subproject Document of CSC road Siting of the construction camps shall be as per the guidelines Construction below and details of layout to be approved by CSC Resident camps Engineer and environment specialist. Construction camps shall not be proposed within 500m from the Construction nearest settlements to avoid conflicts and stress over the As per IRC Camp Locations Environment infrastructure facilities with the local community. guidelines and P 11 – Selection, Contractor al Specialist Location for stockyards for construction materials shall be contract Design and of CSC identified at least 300m away from watercourses. documents. Layout The Sewage Treatment Plant and solid waste treatment for the camp shall be designed, built and operated. Contractor’s camps shall be identified at least 2km away from the Forest Reserves. The Contractor as per prevalent rules shall carry out negotiations Construction Arrangements with the landowners for obtaining their consent for temporary use camps and Environment for Temporary of lands for construction camp/construction/borrow areas etc. borrow P 12 MoRTH 108.3 Contractor al Specialist Land Temporary land arrangements shall not be from the forest areas of CSC Requirement reserves except under special permission circumstances where it is un avoidable due to the vast forest reserves in the PIA. Orientation of The KSHIP shall organize Orientation Sessions and regular Throughout EMP and other Contractor/ P 13 Implementing training sessions at all stages of the project. This shall include on- the training plan CSC and KSHIP Agency and site training (general as well as in the specific context of a implementati developed by KSHIP

Responsibility Environmental Approximat Reference Sl. No. Mitigation Measures Planning and Supervision/ Issue e location law/guidelines Execution Monitoring Contractors subproject). These sessions shall involve all staff of KSHIP on period. KSHIP involved in the implementation of EMP, Environmental Specialists of CSC and Contractors. CONSTRUCTION STAGE Activities to be Carried Out by the Contractor C 1 Site Clearance If required vegetation shall be removed from the construction Throughout zone before commencement of construction. All works shall be the corridor carried out such that the damage or disruption of flora other than those identified for cutting is minimum. Only ground cover/shrubs that impinge directly on the permanent works or necessary temporary works shall be removed with prior approval from the Environmental Expert of CSC. Environmenta Clearing and C.1.1 The Contractor, under any circumstances shall not cut or damage MoRTH 201 Contractor l Specialist of Grubbing trees and forest reserves. Trees identified under the project shall CSC, KSHIP be cut only after receiving clearance from the Forest Dept./DoEF/MoEF (as applicable) and after the receipt of KSHIP’s written permission in this regard. Vegetation only with girth size of over 30 cm shall be considered as trees and shall be compensated, in the event of KSHIP’s instruction to undertake tree cutting. Appendix-1 provides guidelines for the preparation of the All debris contractors Debris disposal plan. This is mainly to deal with disposal surplus debris materials that would be available after adjusting for sites all insitu applications. Other debris generated due to dismantling of the existing road Environmenta Disposal of shall be suitably reused in the proposed construction zone, l Specialist Debris from subjected to the structure suitability of the materials and approval MoRTH 202 and Resident C.1.2 dismantling Contractor of the Resident Engineer and Environmental Expert of CSC as Engineer of structures and follows: CSC, EC, road surface For filling and leveling of School grounds and proposed parking KSHIP areas. The sub grade of the existing pavement shall be used as embankment fill material. Existing base and sub-base material shall be recycled as sub-

Responsibility Environmental Approximat Reference Sl. No. Mitigation Measures Planning and Supervision/ Issue e location law/guidelines Execution Monitoring base of the haul road or access roads. The existing bitumen surface may be utilized for the paving of cross roads, access roads and paving works in construction sites and campus, temporary traffic diversions, haulage routes etc. The Contractor shall suitably dispose off unutilized debris materials either through filling up of borrows areas located in wasteland or at pre-designated disposal locations, subject to the approval of the Environmental Expert of CSC. At locations identified for disposal of bituminous wastes, the disposal shall be carried out over a 30 mm thick layer of rammed clay so as to eliminate the possibility of scarified percolation of leachate into the ground water. The Contractor shall ensure that the surface area of such disposal pits is covered with a layer of soil and subsequent turfing. All arrangements for transportation during construction including provision, maintenance, dismantling and clearing debris, shall be considered incidental to the work and shall be planned and implemented by the Contractor as approved and directed by the Environmental Expert of CSC. The pre-designed disposal locations shall be a part of Waste Disposal Plan in consultation and with approval of Environmental Expert of CSC. Debris generated from pile driving or other construction activities shall be disposed such that it does not flow into the surface water bodies or for mud puddles in the area. The Contractor shall identify dumping sites as per the Debris Disposal Plan prepared using the Guidelines provided in the Appendix 1; The identified locations shall be reported to the Environmental Expert of CSC. These locations shall be checked on site and accordingly approved by Environmental Expert of CSC prior to any disposal of waste materials. The pre-identified disposal location shall be part of All waste Other Comprehensive Waste Disposal Plan Solid Waste Management disposal MoRTH: 202.5 Environmenta C.1.3 Construction Plan to be prepared by the Contractor in consultation and with sites MoRTH: 301.11 Contractor l Specialist of Wastes Disposal approval of Environmental Specialist of CSC. CSC, KSHIP Location of disposal sites shall be finalized prior to initiation of the

Responsibility Environmental Approximat Reference Sl. No. Mitigation Measures Planning and Supervision/ Issue e location law/guidelines Execution Monitoring works on any particular section of the road. The Environmental Specialist of CSC shall approve these disposal sites after conducting a joint inspection on the site with the Contractor. Contractor shall ensure that any spoils or material unsuitable for embankment fill shall not be disposed off near any water course or agricultural land, Orchards and Natural Habitats like Grasslands. Such spoils from excavation can be used to reclaim borrow pits and low-lying areas located in barren lands along the project road (if it so desired by the owner/community and approved by the Environmental Specialist, CSC). Non-bituminous wastes shall be dumped in borrow pits covered with a layer of 30cm soil to ensure that borrow pit is restored to original use. No new disposal site shall be created as part of the project, except with prior approval of the Environmental Specialist of CSC. All waste materials shall be completely disposed and the site shall be completely cleaned and certified by Environmental Specialist of CSC before handing over. The Contractor at his cost shall resolve any claim, arising out of waste disposal or any non-compliance that may arise on account of lack of action on his part. The topsoil from all areas of cutting and all areas to be At all permanently covered shall be stripped off to a specified depth of construction 150 mm and stored in stockpiles. A portion of the temporarily material acquired area and/or Right of Way shall be earmarked for storing storage MoRTH: topsoil. The locations for stock piling shall be pre-identified in areas 301.3.2 Stripping, consultation and with approval of Environmental Specialist of MoRTH: 301.7 Environmenta stocking and CSC. The following precautionary measures shall be taken to C.1.4 MoRTH: Contractor l Specialist of preservation of preserve them till they are used: 305.3.3 and CSC, KSHIP top soil (a) Stockpile shall be designed such that the slope does not MoRTH: exceed 1:2 (Vertical to horizontal), and height of the pile is 305.3.9 restricted to 2 m. To retain soil and to allow percolation of water, silt fencing shall protect the edges of the pile. (b) Stockpiles shall not be surcharged or otherwise loaded and multiple handling shall be kept to a minimum to ensure that

Responsibility Environmental Approximat Reference Sl. No. Mitigation Measures Planning and Supervision/ Issue e location law/guidelines Execution Monitoring no compaction shall occur. The stockpiles shall be covered with gunny bags or vegetation. (c) It shall be ensured by the Contractor that the topsoil shall not be unnecessarily trafficked either before stripping or when in stockpiles. Such stockpiled topsoil shall be utilized for –  Covering all disturbed areas including borrow areas, only in case where they are to be rehabilitated.  Dressing of slopes of road embankment/agricultural fields of farmers acquired temporarily land. The Contractor shall provide safe and convenient passage for Throughout vehicles, pedestrians and livestock to and from roadsides and the project property access connecting the project road, providing temporary corridor connecting road. Environmenta The Contractor shall also ensure that the existing accesses shall C.1.5 Accessibility Contractor l Specialist of not be undertaken without providing adequate provisions. CSC, KSHIP The Contractor shall take care that the cross roads are constructed in such a sequence that construction work on the adjacent cross roads are taken up one after one so that traffic movement in any given area not get affected much. Temporary diversions shall be constructed with the approval of Through out the Resident Engineer and Environmental Specialist of CSC. the project Detailed Traffic Control Plans shall be prepared by the Contractor corridor and approved by Environmental Specialist and Resident especially at Engineer of CSC seven days prior to commencement of works on intersections Environmenta any section of road. The Traffic Control Plans shall contain details and l Specialist Planning for of temporary diversions, traffic safety arrangements for settlements MoRTH: 112 and Resident C.1.6 traffic diversions construction under traffic, details of traffic arrangement after and schools and its Contractor Engineer of and detours cessation of work each day, safety measures for night time traffic Amendments CSC, EO, and precaution for transportation of hazardous materials and KSHIP arrangement of flagmen. The contractor shall ensure that the diversion/detour is always maintained in running condition, particularly during the monsoon to avoid disruption to traffic flow. The Contractor shall also inform local community of changes to

Responsibility Environmental Approximat Reference Sl. No. Mitigation Measures Planning and Supervision/ Issue e location law/guidelines Execution Monitoring traffic routes, conditions and pedestrian access arrangements with assistance from CSC and KSHIP. The temporary traffic detours shall be kept free of dust by sprinkling of water three times a day and as required under specific conditions (depending on weather conditions, construction in the settlement areas and volume of traffic). C.2 Procurement of Construction Material No borrow area shall be opened without permission of the All borrow Environmental Specialist of CSC. The location, shape and size of areas the designated borrow areas shall be as approved by the Environmental Specialist of CSC and in accordance to the IRC recommended practice for borrow pits for road embankments (IRC: 10: 1961). The borrowing operations shall be carried out as specified in the guidelines for siting and operation of borrow areas. The unpaved surfaces used for the haulage of borrow materials, Earth from Environmenta if passing through the settlement areas or habitations; shall be C.2.1 Borrow Areas for MoRTH: 305.2 Contractor l Specialist of maintained dust free by the Contractor. Sprinkling of water shall Construction CSC, KSHIP be carried out twice a day to control dust along such roads during their period of use. During dry seasons (winter and summer) frequency of water sprinkling shall be increased in the settlement areas and Environmental Specialist of CSC shall decide the sprinkling time depending on the local requirements. Contractor shall rehabilitate the borrow areas as soon as borrowing of soil is over from a particular borrow area in accordance with the approved Borrow Area Redevelopment Plan. The Contractor shall obtain materials from quarries only after At quarries consent of the Department of Mines and Geology and District and Administration. In view of special situation of excavation of the hill Crushing Quarry Environmenta ward side, Contractor shall get an opportunity to use the same units. MoRTH: 111.3 C.2.2 Operations Contractor l Specialist of material for road construction. This shall require establishment of Crushers CSC, KSHIP a number of crushers along the roadsides. The crushers and all related activities shall be under taken as per the Policy guidelines for installation of stone Crushers.

Responsibility Environmental Approximat Reference Sl. No. Mitigation Measures Planning and Supervision/ Issue e location law/guidelines Execution Monitoring Except as may be provided in the contract or ordered or Quarry sites authorized by the Engineer, the Contractor shall not use explosives. Where the use of explosives is so provided or ordered or authorized, the Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the following Sub-Clauses of MoRTH 302 besides the law of the land as applicable. The Contractor shall at all times take every possible precaution and shall comply with appropriate laws and regulations relating to the importation, handling, transportation, storage and use of explosives. The contractor shall at all times when engaged in blasting operations, post sufficient warning flagmen, to the full satisfaction of the Engineer. Sub-Clauses of 301.9 (i) C.2.3 Blasting MoRTH:302.4 The Contractor shall at all times make full liaison with and inform MoRTH 302 304.5 well in advance and obtain such permission as is required from all Government Authorities, public bodies and private parties whomsoever concerned or affected or likely to be concerned or affected by blasting operations. Blasting shall be carried out only with permission of the Engineer. All the statutory laws, regulations, rules etc., pertaining to acquisition, transport, storage, handling and use of explosives shall be strictly followed. Blasting shall be carried out during fixed hours (preferably during mid-day) or as permitted by the Engineer. The timing should be made known to all the people within 1000m (200m for pre- splitting) from the blasting site in all directions. Contractor shall maintain all roads (existing or built for the All roads project), which are used for transporting construction materials, used for equipment and machineries as précised. All vehicles delivering haulage of Transporting fine materials to the site shall be covered to avoid spillage of construction As per IRC Construction Environmenta materials. materials guidelines and C.2.4 Materials and Contractor l Specialist of All existing roads used by vehicles of the Contractor or any of his contract Haul Road CSC, KSHIP subcontractor or suppliers of materials and similarly roads, which documents Management are part of the works, shall be kept clear of all dust/mud or other extraneous materials dropped by such vehicles. Contractor shall arrange for regular water sprinkling as necessary

Responsibility Environmental Approximat Reference Sl. No. Mitigation Measures Planning and Supervision/ Issue e location law/guidelines Execution Monitoring for dust suppression of all such roads and surfaces. Contractor need to implement the finally approved contractors Through out Construction Water Management Plan as per the guidelines the project provided in Appendix 15. This is linked to the contractor’s work corridor plan. Contractor shall arrange adequate supply and storage of water Environmental. for the whole construction period at his own cost. The contractor Protection Act shall submit a list of source/s from where water shall be used for Environmenta Construction 1986 and C.2.5 the project to CSC and KSHIP. Contractor l Specialist of Water MoRTH Spec. The Contractor shall source the requirement of water CSC, KSHIP for Roads and preferentially by conjunctive use of Surface water and Bridges groundwater but with prior permission from the Groundwater Authority. A copy of the permission shall be submitted to CSC and KSHIP prior to initiation of construction. The Contractor shall take all precaution to minimize the wastage of water in the construction process/operation. C.3 Construction Work While working across or close to any perennial water bodies, Near major River training Contractor shall not obstruct/prevent the flow of water. cross Environmenta and disruption to Construction over and close to the non-perennial streams shall drainage C.3.1 MoRTH:304.3.2 Contractor l Specialist of other users of be undertaken in the dry season. If construction work is expected structures CSC, KSHIP water to disrupt users of community water bodies, notice shall be (River served well in advance to the affected community. crossings) Contractor shall ensure that no construction materials like earth, Construction stone, or appendage disposed off in a manner that block the flow sites of of water of any water course and cross drainage channels. cross MoRTH:305.3.7 Environmenta Drainage and Contractor shall take all necessary measures to prevent any drainage C.3.2 MoRTH:306 Contractor l Specialist of flood control blockage to the water flow. In addition to the design structures CSC, KSHIP requirements, the Contractor shall take all required measures as directed by the Environmental Specialist of CSC to prevent temporary or permanent flooding of the site or any adjacent area. Siltation of water The Contractor shall not excavate beds of any stream/canals/any Construction Environmenta bodies and other water body for borrowing earth for embankment sites of MoRTH:06 C.3.3 Contractor l Specialist of degradation of construction. cross CSC, KSHIP water quality Contractor shall construct silt fencing at the base of the drainage

Responsibility Environmental Approximat Reference Sl. No. Mitigation Measures Planning and Supervision/ Issue e location law/guidelines Execution Monitoring embankment construction for the entire perimeter of any water structures body (including springs and wells) adjacent to the project road and around the stockpiles at the construction sites including ancillary sites close to water bodies. The fencing shall be provided prior to commencement of earthwork and continue till the stabilization of the embankment slopes, on the particular sub- section of the road. Contractor shall ensure that construction materials containing fine particles are stored in an enclosure such that sediment-laden water does not drain into nearby watercourse. All temporary sedimentation control works and maintenance At bridge thereof shall be deemed as incidental to the earth work or other approaches; items of work and as such no separate payment shall be made high for them. embankmen Contractor shall ensure the following aspects: t sections  After construction of road embankment, the side slopes shall (Low lying be covered with grass and shrubs (refer Appendix-10 and 18) areas) and as per design specifications. borrow pits Slope protection  Turfing works shall be taken up as soon as possible provided MoRTH: Environmenta C.3.4 and control of the season is favorable for the establishment of grass sods. 305.2.2.2 Contractor l Specialist of soil erosion Other measures of slope stabilization shall include mulching MoRTH: 306.2 CSC, KSHIP netting and seeding of batters and drains immediately on completion of earthworks.  In borrow pits, the depth shall be so regulated that the sides of the excavation shall have a slope no steeper than 1 vertical to 2 horizontal, from the edge of the final section of the bank.  Along sections abutting water bodies, pitching as per design specification shall protect slopes. C.4 Pollution C.4.1 Water Pollution Water Pollution The Contractor shall take all precautionary measures to prevent At all Environmenta from entering of wastewater into streams, water bodies or the irrigation surface MoRTH: 111.4 C.4.1.1 Contractor l Specialist of Construction system during construction. Contractor shall avoid construction water bodies MoRTH: 111.1 CSC, KSHIP Wastes works close to the streams or water bodies during monsoon. intercepting

Responsibility Environmental Approximat Reference Sl. No. Mitigation Measures Planning and Supervision/ Issue e location law/guidelines Execution Monitoring Contractor shall not wash his vehicles in river water and shall not with the enter riverbed for that purpose. project corridor The Contractor shall ensure that all construction vehicle parking At all locations, fuel/lubricants storage sites, vehicle, machinery and surface equipment maintenance and refueling sites shall be located at water bodies least 500 m away from rivers and irrigation canal/ponds. intercepting The Contractor shall submit all locations and layout plans of such with the sites prior to their establishment and shall be approved by the project Environmental Specialist of CSC. corridor; Contractor shall ensure that all vehicle/machinery and equipment refueling MoRTH: 111.4 operation, maintenance and refueling shall be carried out in such stations and MoRTH: 111.1 a manner that spillage of fuels and lubricants does not construction (Oil Water Pollution contaminate the ground. Wastewater from vehicle parking, fuel camps Environmenta Interceptors) C.4.1.2 from Fuel and storage areas, workshops, wash down and refueling areas shall Contractor l Specialist of Petroleum Act Lubricants be treated in an oil interceptor before discharging it on land or CSC, KSHIP and Rules into surface water bodies or into other treatment system. MoEF/CPCB In all, fuel storage and refueling areas, if located on agricultural Notifications land or areas supporting vegetation, the topsoil shall be stripped, stockpiled and returned after cessation of such storage. Contractor shall arrange for collection, storing and disposal of oily wastes to the pre-identified disposal sites (list to be submitted to CSC and KSHIP) and approved by the Environmental Specialist of CSC. All spills and collected petroleum wastes shall be disposed off in accordance with Petroleum Rules and PCB guidelines. C.4.2 Air Pollution The Contractor shall take every precaution to reduce the level of Construction dust from construction plants, construction sites involving sites and MoRTH:111.1 Environmenta earthwork by sprinkling of water, encapsulation of dust source. construction MoRTH:111.5 l Specialist of Due to the acute water scarcity in certain areas, Contractor establishme MoRTH:111.9 CSC, EO, C.4.2.1 Dust Pollution Contractor should limit water sprinkling once in the early morning hours. nt such as MoRTH:111.10 KSHIP Contractor should erect warning boards on dust nuisance to the batching Contract through road users. plants, hot Agreement Engineer The Contractor shall procure the construction plants and mix plants

Responsibility Environmental Approximat Reference Sl. No. Mitigation Measures Planning and Supervision/ Issue e location law/guidelines Execution Monitoring machinery, which shall conform to the pollution control norms specified by MoEF/CPCB/KSPCB. The concentration of suspended particulate matter at a distance of 40m from a construction plant located in a cluster of industries should be less than 500 µg. The environmental monitoring is to be conducted as per the monitoring plan. Alternatively, only crushers licensed by the KSPCB shall be used. The Environmental Specialist, EO and KSHIP through the Engineer shall submit required certificates and consents. Contractor shall ensure that all vehicles, equipment and The Air Emission from machinery used for construction are regularly maintained and (prevention

Construction confirm that pollution emission levels comply with the relevant and control Environmenta Annexure ‘A’ to C.4.2.2 Vehicles, statutory requirements of CPCB and/Motor Vehicles Rules. of pollution) Contractor l Specialist of MoRTH 501 Equipment and The Contractor shall submit PUC certificates for all Act, 1981 CSC, KSHIP

Machineries vehicles/equipment/machinery used for the Project. and EPA, 1986 C.4.3 Noise Pollution The Contractor shall confirm the following: Trhough out  All Construction plants and equipment used in construction the project shall strictly conform to the MoEF/CPCB noise standards. corridor and  All Vehicles and equipment used in construction shall be other fitted with exhaust silencers. construction  Servicing of all construction vehicles and machinery shall be establishme done regularly and during routine servicing operations, the nts Noise Pollution: The noise effectiveness of exhaust silencers shall be checked and if Noise from pollution Environmenta found defective shall be replaced. C.4.3.1 Vehicles, Plants (regulation and Contractor l Specialist of  The equipment available in the market should be procured, if and control) rules, CSC, KSHIP the Contractor plans to purchase new equipment. For the old Equipments 2000 equipment, necessary or possible alterations must be carried out to reduce the noise levels to the possible extent.  Maintenance of vehicles, equipment and machinery shall be regular and up to the satisfaction of the Environmental Specialist of CSC to keep noise levels at the minimum. At the construction sites within 150 m of the nearest habitation, noisy construction work such as crushing, operation of DG sets,

Responsibility Environmental Approximat Reference Sl. No. Mitigation Measures Planning and Supervision/ Issue e location law/guidelines Execution Monitoring use of high noise generation equipment shall be stopped during the night time between 10.00 pm to 6.00 am. Working hours of the construction activities shall be restricted around educational institutions/Health Centers (silent zones) up to a distance of 100 m from the sensitive receptors i.e., School, Health Centers and Hospitals etc. Contractor shall provide noise barriers to the suggested locations of select Schools. List of locations for noise barriers is given in (Appendix-6). Noise monitoring shall be carried out at the locations specified in monitoring plan by the KSHIP and the Engineer through the approved monitoring agency. C.5 Safety Contractor shall provide: Throughout  Protective footwear, protective goggles and nose masks to the project the workers employed in asphalt works, concrete works, corridor and crusher etc. construction  Welder’s protective eye-shields to workers who are engaged phase of the in welding works project  Earplugs to workers exposed to loud noise, and workers Building and working in crushing or compaction other  The Contractor shall comply with all regulations regarding Construction safe scaffolding, ladders, working platforms, gangway, Workers Personnel Environmenta stairwells, excavations, trenches and safe means of entry (regulation of C.5.1 Safety Measures Contractor l Specialist of and egress. Employment for Labour CSC, KSHIP The Contractor shall comply with all the precautions as required and Conditions for ensuring the safety of the workmen as per the International of Services) Labour Organization (ILO) Convention No. 62 as far as those are Act, 1996; applicable to this contract. The Contractor shall make sure that during the construction work all relevant provisions of Building and other Construction Workers (regulation of Employment and Conditions of Services) Act, 1996 are adhered to. The Contractor shall not employ any person below the age of 14 years for any work and no woman shall be employed on the work

Responsibility Environmental Approximat Reference Sl. No. Mitigation Measures Planning and Supervision/ Issue e location law/guidelines Execution Monitoring of painting with products containing lead in any form The Contractor shall also ensure that paint containing lead or lead products is used except in the form of paste or readymade paint. The Contractor shall take all necessary measures for the safety Throughout of traffic during construction and provide erect and maintain such the project barricades, including signs, markings, flags, lights and flagmen as corridor proposed in the Traffic Control Plan/Drawings and as required by especially at the Environmental Expert of CSC for the information and intersections MoRTH: 112.4 protection on traffic approaching or passing through the section of and Environmenta Traffic and MoRTH: 112.1 C.5.2 any existing cross roads. settlements Contractor l Specialist of Safety IRC: SP:55 The Contractor shall ensure that all signs, barricades, pavement CSC, KSHIP

markings are provided as per the MoRTH specifications. Before taking up of construction on any section of the existing lanes of the highway, a Traffic Control Plan shall be devised and implemented to the satisfaction of the Environmental Expert of CSC. The Contractor shall take all required precautions to prevent Construction The Building danger from electrical equipment and ensure that – sites and and Other  No material shall be so stacked or placed as to cause danger storage Construction or inconvenience to any person or the public. areas workers Risk from  All necessary fencing and lights shall be provided to protect (Regulation of Environmenta C.5.3 electrical the public in construction zones. Employment Contractor l Expert of equipments All machines to be used in the construction shall conform to the and Conditions SC, PIU relevant Indian Standards (IS) codes, shall be free from patent of Service) Act, defect, shall be kept in good working order, shall be regularly 1996 and inspected and properly maintained as per IS provision and to the Factories Act, satisfaction of the Environmental Expert of CSC. 1948 Contractor shall take all reasonable precautions to prevent Throughout danger to the workers and public from fire, flood etc. resulting due the Contract to construction activities. construction Agreement and Environmenta Risk force C.5.4 Contractor shall make required arrangements so that in case of phase Annexure ‘A’ to Contractor l Specialist of measure any mishap all necessary steps can be taken for prompt first aid MoRTH Clause CSC, KSHIP treatment. Construction Safety Plan prepared by the Contractor 501 shall identify necessary actions in the event of an emergency.

Responsibility Environmental Approximat Reference Sl. No. Mitigation Measures Planning and Supervision/ Issue e location law/guidelines Execution Monitoring The Contractor shall arrange for – Construction The Building A readily available first aid unit including an adequate supply of sites; labour and Other sterilized dressing materials and appliances as per the Factories camps and Construction Rules in every work zone. construction workers Environmenta C.5.6 First Aid Availability of suitable transport at all times to take injured or sick establishments (Regulation of Contractor l Specialist of person(s) to the nearest hospital. Employment CSC, KSHIP Equipment and trained nursing staff at construction camp. and Conditions of Service) Act, 1996 The Contractor shall provide, erect and maintain Construction Informatory Environmenta informatory/safety signs, hoardings written in English and local sites and MoRTH:801 C.5.7 Signs and Contractor l Specialist of language (Kannada), wherever required or as suggested by the construction MoRTH:802 Hoardings CSC, KSHIP Environmental Specialist of CSC. establishments C.6 Flora and Fauna: Plantation/Preservation/Conservation Measures The Contractor shall do turfing on embankment slopes, plantation Throughout of shrubs as specified in the Contract. the length of The compensatory plantation shall be carried out by the State project Forest Department. corridor As per the Road side Environmenta Minimum 80 percent survival rate of the saplings shall be contract C.6.1 Plantation Contractor l Specialist of acceptable otherwise the Contractor/Forest Department shall document and Strategy CSC, KSHIP replace dead plants at his own cost. MoRTH 301.3.3 The Environmental Specialist of CSC shall inspect regularly the survival rate of the trees planted by the Contractor in accordance with the plantation strategy suggested. The Contractor shall take reasonable precaution to prevent his Throughout workmen or any other persons from removing and damaging any project flora (plant/vegetation) and fauna (animal) including fishing in any corridor water body and hunting of any animal. If any animal is found near especially Flora and the construction site at any point of time, the contractor shall near forest Environmenta C.6.2 chance found immediately upon discovery thereof acquaint in the stretches Contractor l Specialist of Fauna Environmental Specialist of CSC and carry out his instructions for including CSC, KSHIP dealing with the same. surface Environmental Specialist of CSC shall report to the near by forest water bodies office (range office or divisional office) and shall take appropriate steps/measures, if required in consultation with the forest

Responsibility Environmental Approximat Reference Sl. No. Mitigation Measures Planning and Supervision/ Issue e location law/guidelines Execution Monitoring officials. All fossils, coins, articles of value of antiquity, structures and Throughout other remains of archaeological interest discovered on the site project shall be the property of the Government and shall be dealt with corridor as per provisions of the relevant legislation. The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions to prevent his The Ancient workmen or any other persons from removing and damaging any Monuments Chance Found such article or thing. He shall, immediately upon discovery and Environmenta C.6.3 Archaeological thereof and before removal acquaint the Environmental Specialist Archaeological Contractor l Specialist of Property of CSC of such discovery and carry out the CSC’s instructions for Sites and CSC, KSHIP dealing with the same, waiting which all work shall be stopped. Remains The CSC shall seek direction from the Archaeological Survey of Act, 1958 India (ASI) before instructing the Contractor to recommence the work in the site. The Archaeological structures identified along the road sides should be protected/ preserved or enhanced as per the law. Contractor shall follow all relevant provisions of the Building and Labour the other Construction Workers (Regulations of Employment and camps The Building Conditions of Service) Act, 1996 for construction and and Other maintenance of labour camp. Construction The location, layout and basic facility provision of each labour workers Environmenta camp shall be submitted to CSC and KSHIP prior to their (Regulation of C.7.1 Accommodation Contractor l Specialist of construction. Employment CSC, KSHIP The Construction shall commence only upon the written approval and Conditions of the Environmental Specialist of CSC. of Service) Act, The Contractor shall maintain necessary living accommodation 1996 and ancillary facilities in functional and hygienic manner and as approved by the CSC. The Contractor shall construct and maintain all labour Construction The Building accommodation in such a fashion that uncontaminated water is site, Labour and Other available for drinking, cooking and washing. camp Construction Environmenta C.7.2 Potable Water The Contractor shall also provide potable water facilities within workers Contractor l Specialist of the premises of every camp at an accessible place, as per (Regulation of CSC, KSHIP standards set by the Building and other Construction Workers Employment (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1996. and Conditions

Responsibility Environmental Approximat Reference Sl. No. Mitigation Measures Planning and Supervision/ Issue e location law/guidelines Execution Monitoring The Contractor shall also guarantee the following: of Service) Act, a) Supply of sufficient quantity of Potable Water (as per IS) 1996 in every workplace/labour camp (Site at suitable and easily accessible places and regular maintenance of such facilities. b) If any water storage tank is provided that shall be kept such that the bottom of the tank at least 1 m above the surrounding ground level. c) If water is drawn from any existing well, which is within 30 m proximity of any toilet, drain or other source of pollution, the well shall be disinfected before water is used for drinking. d) All such wells shall be entirely covered and provided with a trap door, which shall be dust proof and water proof. e) A reliable pump shall be fitted to each covered well. The trap door shall be kept locked and opened only for cleaning or inspection, which shall be done at least once in a month. f) Analysis of water shall be done every month as per parameters prescribed in IS 10500-1991. Environmental Specialist of CSC shall be required to inspect the labour camp once in a week to ensure the compliance of the EMP The Contractor shall ensure that – Labour  The Sewage system for the camp are designed, built and camps The Building operated in such a manner that no health hazards occurs and and Other no pollution to the air, ground water or adjacent water Construction courses take place workers  Separate toilets/bathrooms, wherever required, Screened Environmenta Sanitation and (Regulation of C.7.3 from those form men (marked in vernacular) are to be Contractor l Specialist of Sewage System Employment provided for women CSC, KSHIP and Conditions  Adequate water supply is to be provided in all toilets and of Service) Act, urinals 1996  Night soil can be disposed of with the help of local municipal MoRTH:114.14 extractor or disposed of by putting layer of it at the bottom of a permanent tank prepared for the purpose and covered with

Responsibility Environmental Approximat Reference Sl. No. Mitigation Measures Planning and Supervision/ Issue e location law/guidelines Execution Monitoring 15 cm layer of waste or refuse and then covered with a layer of earth for fortnight. The Contractor shall provide garbage bins in the camps and Labour ensure that these are regularly emptied and disposed off in a camps Annexure 'A' to Environmenta C.7.4 Waste Disposal hygienic manner as per the Comprehensive Solid Waste MoRTH Clause Contractor l Specialist of Management Plan approved by the Environmental Specialist of 501 CSC, KSHIP CSC. C.8 Contractor’s Demobilization The KSHIP shall undertake seasonal monitoring of air, water and Representative noise and soil quality through an approved monitoring agency. locations as Environmental Environmenta Environmental The parameters to be monitored, frequency and duration of directed by Protection Act, l Specialist of C.8.1 Contractor Conditions monitoring as well as the locations to be monitored shall be as Environmental 1986 CSC and per the Monitoring Plan prepared. National Standard of Air, Noise Engineer, KSHIP and Water given in Appendix-7. CSC. The Environmental Specialist of CSC shall have continuous Along the Environmenta Continuous interactions with local people around the project area to ensure project Environmental l Specialist of C.8.2 Community that the construction activities are not causing undue corridor Specialist of CSC and Participation inconvenience to the locals residing in the vicinity of project site CSC KSHIP under construction due to noise, dust or disposal of debris etc. Contractor shall prepare site restoration plans, which shall be Throughout approved by the Environmental Specialist of CSC. The clean-up the project and restoration operations are to be implemented by the corridor Contractor prior to demobilization. The Contractor shall clear all temporary structures; dispose all garbage, night soils and POL (Petroleum, Oil and Lubricants) wastes as per Comprehensive Clean-up Waste Management Plan and as approved by CSC. MoRTH 111.9, Environmenta Operations, All disposal pits or trenches shall be filled in and effectively 111.10 and C.8.3 Contractor l Specialist of Restoration and sealed off. Residual topsoil, if any shall be distributed on 111.11 CSC, KSHIP Rehabilitation adjoining/proximate barren land or areas identified by the Contractor and approved by the Environmental Specialist of CSC in a layer of thickness of 75 mm – 150 mm. All construction zones and facilities including culverts, road side areas, camps, Hot Mix plant sites, Crushers, batching plant sites and any other area used/affected due to the project operations shall be left clean and tidy, at the Contractor’s expense, to the entire satisfaction to the

Responsibility Environmental Approximat Reference Sl. No. Mitigation Measures Planning and Supervision/ Issue e location law/guidelines Execution Monitoring Environmental Specialist of CSC. C.9 Construction Activities by KSHIP The plantation at the following locations shall be implemented by Throughout the KSHIP through the State Forest Department; the project 3. Road side corridor 4. Enhancement sites Karnataka Tree State Forest C.9.1 Tree Plantation 5. Forest land Preservation KSHIP Department 6. Community Forestation Act, 1976 A forest area management plan is provided in Appendix-13 and 11 is the list of various enhancements sites included in the project. Development of the enhancement sites identified where PWD Minor Oxbow lands land is already available is provided in Appendix-11. realignment and other left As per the MoU s and space C.9.2 over portions of with Forest State PWD KSHIP within the existing Department existing project road RoW OPERATION STAGE Activities to be Carried Out by the KSHIP The KSHIP shall monitor the operational performance of the Throughout various mitigation/enhancement measures carried out as a part of the project Monitoring the project. corridor As per the O.1 Operation The indicators selected for monitoring include the survival rate of contract KSHIP KSHIP Performance trees; utility of enhancement provision made under the project; document status of rehabilitation of borrow areas; and effectiveness of noise barriers. PWD shall ensure that all drains (side drains, median drain and Throughout Maintenance of all cross drainages) are periodically cleared especially before the project O.2 KSHIP KSHIP Drainage monsoon season to facilitate the quick passage of rainwater and corridor avoid flooding. The periodic monitoring of the ambient air quality, noise level, At Environmental water (both ground and surface water) quality, soil quality in the representati Protection Act, Pollution Pollution O.3 selected locations as suggested in pollution monitoring plan ve locations 1986 and The Monitoring KSHIP Monitoring through the KSPCB or its approved monitoring agency. as per the noise pollution Agency instructions (regulation and

Responsibility Environmental Approximat Reference Sl. No. Mitigation Measures Planning and Supervision/ Issue e location law/guidelines Execution Monitoring of Env. control) rules, Engineer 2000 Visual Monitoring and inspection of soil erosion at borrow areas, Borrow Soil Erosion and MoRTH quarries (if closed and rehabilitated), embankments and other areas and O.4 Monitoring of 305.2.2.2 and KSHIP KSHIP places expected to be affected, shall be carried out once in every embankmen Borrow Areas 306.3 three months as suggested in monitoring plan. t slopes However the public shall be advised to construct the noise Throughout Public barriers such as walls, double glazed windows and tree plantation the project Corporate awareness on between the roads and their property. The public awareness is corridor O.5 Social KSHIP KSHIP Noise levels and necessary regarding the human health through the news papers Responsibility Health Affects and consultations and distribution of pamphlets during the operation stage.

Table 8-2: Environmental Management Plan – Bridges (Part-B) Responsibility Environmental Reference Sl. No. Mitigation Measures Planning and Supervision/ Issue law/guidelines Execution Monitoring PRE-CONSTRUCTION STAGE Pre-construction activities by Construction Management Unit Permission from Permission from Irrigation Department shall be taken prior to start of Contract CSC and P.1 Irrigation construction work on bridges EO, KSHIP. Agreement KSHIP Department Water Quality upstream and down stream of bridges shall be tested prior to KSHIP initiation of any work at the site of new construction of Bridges to establish through Environmental Pollution baseline. approved P.2 Protection Act EO, KSHIP Monitoring Pollution 1986 Monitoring Laboratory Contractor/Environmental Expert of TA Consultant/CMU (KSHIP) The contractor as per prevalent rules shall carry out negotiations with the landowners for obtaining their consent for temporary use of lands for traffic Arrangements detours, material storage, construction machinery and equipment, vehicle for Temporary CSC and P.3 parking etc. Contractor shall enter into a written agreements with land MoRTH 108.3 Contractor Land KSHIP owners for all such sites and Environmental Officer shall be required to Requirement ensure that the rehabilitation/clearing up of the sites prior to handling over to the owners have been carried out as per written agreement. CONSTRUCTION STAGE Activities to be Carried Out by the Contractor The contractor shall identify disposal sites and shall report the same to the Environmental Officer. These locations shall be checked on site and accordingly approved by Environmental Officer prior to any disposal of waste materials. Dismantling of Contractor shall prepare Comprehensive Solid Waste Management Plan in CSC and Structures/Com consultation with Environmental Officer and after approval of plan by EO Environment C.1 MoRTH 2802.5 Contractor ponents and debris shall be disposed off accordingly. This plan also should include ways al Officer, Debris Disposal and means to dispose off the Municipal Garbage’s dumped on the bridge KSHIP side of the existing alignment to the make the area congenial for working. No dismantling work shall be carried out at night, or during storm or heavy rain. No dismantling shall be carried out without identification and approval of site by Environmental Officer of CSC. Dismantled material shall not be

Responsibility Environmental Reference Sl. No. Mitigation Measures Planning and Supervision/ Issue law/guidelines Execution Monitoring stored in canal bed, embankment slopes except material which shall be reused in Construction. All debris requiring disposal shall be directly taken to the Pre identified disposal site and deposited as per approved Comprehensive Waste Disposal Locations. Debris generated shall be reused in the construction of temporary diversion of traffic, filling in embankment, slope protection work etc subject to the suitability of the materials and approval of the Engineer and Environmental Officer. All arrangements for dismantling, clearing debris and its transportation shall be considered incidental to the work and shall be planned and implemented by the Contractor as approved and directed by the Environmental Officer. Construction of temporary traffic diversions shall be carried out in accordance with the plans prepared and approved during pre-construction stage. Temporary diversions shall be constructed after receipt of approval from concerned authorities and under supervision of Environmental Officer. Warning boards should be placed at least 500 m and 200 m from the construction sites on both sides along with battery operated lamp/retro reflective lamps. Flashlights are provided at least 200 m before the construction site on either side giving warning to drivers before reaching construction sites. Signs, lights, barriers, cones, and other traffic control devices, as well as the CSC and Construction of riding surface of diversions shall be maintained in a satisfactory condition till IRC:SP 55; Environment C.1.2 temporary traffic such time they are required as directed by the engineer. MoRTH 112.4 Contractor al Officer, diversions Contractor shall keep the temporary traffic diversions free of dust by and 5 KSHIP sprinkling of water three times a day and as required under specific conditions (depending on weather conditions, construction in the settlement areas and volume of traffic). Contractor shall prepare a Detailed Traffic Control Plans and shall submit it to the Environmental Officer for approval, five days prior to commencement of works on any bridge. The traffic control plans shall contain details of temporary diversions, traffic safety arrangements i.e. lighting arrangement, signage, arrangement of flagmen etc. The Contractor shall provide specific measures for safety of pedestrians and workers as a part of traffic control plans. The Contractor shall ensure that the diversion/detour is always maintained in running condition, particularly during the monsoon to avoid

Responsibility Environmental Reference Sl. No. Mitigation Measures Planning and Supervision/ Issue law/guidelines Execution Monitoring disruption of traffic flow. The Contractor shall also inform local community of changes to traffic routes, conditions and pedestrian access arrangements with assistance from local bodies and KSHIP. Contractor shall not store/dump the construction material in water course. Area of storage of material near the work site shall be earmarked in consultation with Environmental Officer of CSC. This area shall not be at a distance of less than 50 from bank of the water course. The access road should be free from water logging. Storage area should be leveled ground; stacking area should be planned CSC and Handling and and have racks, stands, sleepers, access traces etc and properly lighted, all IS: 7293 Environment C.1.3 storing of Contractor materials consumables, including raw steel or fabricated materials shall be IS: 7969 al Officer, materials stored properly on platforms, skids or other supports IS: 7293 and IS: 7969 KSHIP dealing with handling of materials and equipment for safe working should be followed. Contractor shall prepare a plan for handling and storing of material at bridge construction site and shall submit it for approval from Environmental Officer/Engineer. Contractor shall no obstruct the flow of water while constructing/rehabilitating bridges. Contractor shall ensure that velocity in the constructed portion does not increase more then twice the lean season velocity. This shall help turbidity control in downstream and minimum disruption of flora and fauna. Contractor shall carry out the excavation for foundation and construction of substructures during lean season to reduce turbidity levels and soil erosion, which may cause disruption to flora and fauna. Water Training CSC and Construction over and close to the non-perennial streams shall be and Disruption Environment C.1.4 undertaken in the dry season. MoRTH 2501 Contractor to Other Users al Officer, Contractor shall construct river training and protection work i.e. construction of Water KSHIP of guide bunds, guide walls, bank protection, flooring and approach embankment protection etc. as given in engineering design/drawing in such a fashion that shall provide safety to the bridge structure and its approaches against damage by flood/flowing water and at the same time shall not pollute water. Contractor shall prevent the soil erosion by minimizing the amount of exposed soil, minimizing the time the soil is exposed, avoiding steep cutting

Responsibility Environmental Reference Sl. No. Mitigation Measures Planning and Supervision/ Issue law/guidelines Execution Monitoring of slope (steeper than 1:2), and constructing all slope protection measures whether incidental or payable, temporary or permanent in time. The Contractor shall serve notice to the down stream users well in advance if construction work is expected to disrupt users of community water bodies or flow of surface water body is diverted. The Engineer/CMU shall ensure that contractor has served the notice to the downstream users of water well in advance. The Contractor shall take prior approval of the Irrigation Department or CMU (KSHIP) for any such activity.

Since the rivers along the project road are most of the time dry, Aquatic CSC and Fauna are very limited. Any impacts to the aquatic fauna shall be avoided. Environment Aquatic Fauna MoRTH 111 Contractor al Officer, KSHIP Minimum required labour should stay at night at bridge site and Contractor AS per the Labour shall make necessary arrangement of toilets, waste sanitation, and Drinking Labour laws of Water requirement at site. the Nation C.2 Pollution C.2.1 Water Pollution The Contractor should not discharge wastewater, generated during construction, into streams, water bodies or the irrigation system without Clause No preliminary treatment and should conform to Karnataka State Pollution 501.86 Control Board. MoRTH Water Pollution Cofferdams or formwork shall be such as to ensure still water conditions. All CSC and Specification for from waste arising from the bridges construction activity is to be disposed off in Environment C.2.1.1 Road and Contractor Construction the manner that is acceptable to the State Pollution Control Board and as al Officer, Bridge Works Wastes per approved Comprehensive Waste Management Plan. KSHIP W (PandC) P Wastes must be collected, stored and reused in the construction/taken to Act 1981 approved disposal sites.

The Environmental Officer shall certify that all wastes generated on bridge site have been disposed off as per norms or in environment friendly manner.

Responsibility Environmental Reference Sl. No. Mitigation Measures Planning and Supervision/ Issue law/guidelines Execution Monitoring To avoid contamination from fuel and lubricants, the vehicle and equipments Clause No shall be properly maintained and refueling/maintenance of vehicles shall not 501.8.6 MoRTH Contamination CSC and be done near the bridge sites. Specification for of water from Environment C.2.1.2 Diesel Generator set shall be placed on a cement concrete platform with oil Road and Contractor fuel and al Officer, and grease trap to control the oil ingress into soil/water bodies. Bridge Works W lubricants KSHIP (PandC) P Act 1981 Contractor shall ensure that no construction materials like earth; stone or any other obstructing construction material is disposed in watercourse and CSC and shall take all necessary measures to prevent the blockage of water flow Drainage and MoRTH:305.3.7 Environment C.2.1.3 blocking the flow of water. Contractor runoff MoRTH:306 al Officer, In addition to the design requirements, the Contractor shall take all required KSHIP measures as directed by the Environmental Officer to prevent temporary or permanent flooding of the site or any adjacent area. Siltation of The Contractor shall not excavate beds of any stream/canals/nala for CSC and Water Bodies borrowing earth for embankment construction. Environment C.2.1.4 and Silt fencing shall be provided at bridge locations where rehabilitation /New MoRTH:06 Contractor al Officer, Degradation of construction is proposed as per drawing and locations attached in Appendix- KSHIP Water Quality 3 to avoid siltation of water bodies. C.2.2 Air Pollution The Contractor shall follow good engineering practices during demolishing of bridges or part thereof and during Construction and rehabilitation of bridges. (Refer Appendices EA and EMP) Clause No 111 The Contractor should provide screen around the demolition sites wherever and 501.8.6 feasible. MoRTH The Contractor shall reduce dust nuisance from construction sites by CSC and Specifications sprinkling of water, encapsulation of dust source and by erection of Environment C.2.2.1 Dust Pollution for Road and Contractor screen/barriers. al Officer, Bridge Works Vehicle delivering material shall be covered. End boards in loaders shall be KSHIP Air (PandCP) provided to prevent spillage. Water shall also be sprayed on temporary Act access roads and diversions.

The air pollution monitoring shall be carried out as per monitoring and reporting programme detailed in Environment Assessment and Management Plan. C.2.3 Noise Pollution

Responsibility Environmental Reference Sl. No. Mitigation Measures Planning and Supervision/ Issue law/guidelines Execution Monitoring The demolition of bridges/rehabilitation of bridges shall be done using good The noise Noise Pollution: CSC and engineering practices so that noise levels are kept at acceptable levels. pollution Noise from Environment C.2.3.1 If required screens shall be erected around the construction sites. (regulation and Contractor Vehicles, Plants al Officer, control) rules, and Equipments KSHIP 2000 C.3 Safety Tool box meeting shall be held at least once a week in order to brief workers about safety, do’s and don’t during construction. Toolbox safety meetings are on the job meetings and shall keep employees alert to work related accidents and illness. A toolbox meeting helps alert employees to workplace hazards, and by preventing accidents, illness and on the job injuries. The Tool Box MoRTH meeting should involve groups of people who work together and face same Meetings 2804.10 sort of injury risks. The meetings should be so designed to raise employee’s awareness following hazardous incidents, a recent injury or near miss. Toolbox meeting improve workplace safety and health, provide information and instructions, improve consultation and help identify hazards and deciding what action needs to be taken to reduce the risks. Contractor shall provide:  Protective footwear, goggles and clothing to all workers employed on laying of wearing coat, preparing cement mortars for brick work, concreting, painting etc.  Welder’s protective eye shields to workers who are engaged in welding works  Earplugs to workers exposed to loud noise, and workers working with jack hammer, joint cutting machines, vibrators etc. CSC and Personal Safety  Adequate safety measures for workers during handling of materials at MoRTH Environment C.3.1 Measures for Contractor site are taken up. 2804.10 al Officer, Labour  The Contractor shall comply with all regulations regarding safe KSHIP scaffolding, ladders, working platforms, gangway, stairwells, excavations, trenches and safe means of entry and egress.  At every workplace, good and sufficient water supply shall be maintained to avoid waterborne/water related/water based diseases to ensure the health and hygiene of workers.  Persons working should wear safety helmets and rubber gloves  Contractor at his own expenses shall put up necessary shoring,

Responsibility Environmental Reference Sl. No. Mitigation Measures Planning and Supervision/ Issue law/guidelines Execution Monitoring shuttering and planking or cut slopes to a safer angle or both with due regard to the safety of personnel and workers and to the satisfaction of the Engineer The Contractor shall comply with all the precautions as required for ensuring the safety of the workmen as per the International Labour Organization (ILO) Convention No. 62 as far as those are applicable to this contract. The Contractor shall make sure that during the construction work all relevant provisions of the Factories Act, 1948 and the Building and other Construction Workers (regulation of Employment and Conditions of Services) Act, 1996 are adhered to. The Contractor shall not employ any person below the age of 14 years for any work and no woman shall be employed on the work of painting with products containing lead in any form. The Contractor shall also ensure that no paint containing lead or lead products is used to except in the form of paste or readymade paint. Contractor shall provide facemasks for use to the workers when paint is applied in the form of spray or a surface having lead paint dry is rubbed and scrapped. The Contractor shall mark ‘hard hat’ and ‘no smoking’ and other ‘high risk’ areas and enforce non-compliance of use PPE with zero tolerance. These shall be reflected in the Construction Safety Plan to be prepared by the Contractor during mobilization and shall be approved by SC Contractor shall install a warning device in the area to be used to warn the workers in case of mishap/emergency. Contractor shall provide Safety Helmets conforming to IS 2925 to all the workmen engaged in dismantling work. The shed and tool boxes should be located away from work site. Goggles preferably made up of celluloid’s and gas masks shall be worn at the time of dismantling, especially where tools like jack hammers are deployed to protect eyes from injuries form flying pieces, dirt, dust etc. The workers shall wear leather or rubber gloves during demolition of RCC work. Screens made up GI sheets shall be placed wherever necessary to prevent the flying pieces from injuring the workers Water should be sprayed to reduce the dust while removing concrete wearing course with jackhammer. No work shall be taken up under the span when dismantling work is in

Responsibility Environmental Reference Sl. No. Mitigation Measures Planning and Supervision/ Issue law/guidelines Execution Monitoring progress. Contact numbers of Police, Fire Brigade, Ambulance, Police Station, Engineer, EO CSC Consultant and KSHIP should be displayed at every bridge Site. Any skin contacts with epoxy materials; solvents and epoxy strippers should be avoided. Epoxy resin can cause irritation of skin particularly epoxy hardeners (B component) may cause a rash on skin in sensitive persons if incorrectly handled. The resin and hardener should not be allowed to come into direct contact with skin. The most effective protection is achieved by wearing polythene gloves, rubber gloves, with a cloth liner, and protective clothing. The official toxicity classification on container labels may be looked for before starting work. Barrier creams are recommended but are not substitutes for protective clothing. Eyes shall be protected where splashing could occur while Handling of CSC and spraying. Good ventilation shall be ensured and inhalation of vapors Hazardous Environment C.3.2 avoided. If materials are sprayed, a respirator shall be used. If skin contact MoRTH 111.6 Contractor Materials / al Officer, occurs, it shall be immediately washed with a cleaner, followed by soap and Chemicals KSHIP water. Should eye contact occur, it shall be flushed immediately with plenty of water for 15 minutes and a doctor called for If contact occurs with the clothing, it shall be immediately changed to prevent further skin contact, and if the contact occurs with component A or B, the clothing shall be thrown away. Hardened epoxy is not harmful but shall break the clothing. All emptied used buckets; rags and containers shall be removed from site. These shall be stored in waste disposal bags and suitable disposed. The Contractor shall prepare a hazardous waste management and disposal plan and shall submit a copy of it to Environmental Officer (KSHIP) for review and supervision. The Contractor shall ensure that temporary bridges constructed for diversion of traffic are as per norms and safe and approved by Environmental Officer. CSC and Traffic IRC:SP 55; Speed limits shall be set for movement of traffic on temporary bridges. Environment C.3.3 Management MoRTH 112.4 Contractor The Contractor shall take all necessary measures for the safety of traffic al Officer, and Safety and 5 during construction and provide, erect and maintain such barricades, KSHIP including sign, markings, flags, lights, warning boards and flagmen as

Responsibility Environmental Reference Sl. No. Mitigation Measures Planning and Supervision/ Issue law/guidelines Execution Monitoring proposed in the Traffic Control Plan/Drawings and as required by the Environmental Officer for the information and protection of traffic approaching or passing the bridge under construction or through the temporary diversion. The Contractor shall ensure that all signs, barricades markings are provided as per the MoRTH specifications. Before taking up of construction on any bridge site, a Traffic Control Plan shall be devised and implemented to the satisfaction of the Environmental Expert. The Contractor shall take all necessary measures for the safety of traffic during construction and provide, erect and maintain such barricading, including signs, markings lights and flagmen etc. For the information and protection of traffic. A readily available first aid unit including an adequate supply of sterilized CSC and dressing materials and appliances as per the Factories Rules at every Environment C.3.4 First Aid MoRTH 121.3.1 Contractor Bridge Construction site. al Officer, KSHIP The Contractor shall provide, erect and maintain informatory/safety signs, CSC and Informatory IRC:SP 55; hoardings written in English and Hindi, wherever required or as suggested Environment C.3.5 Signs and MoRTH 112.4 Contractor by the Environmental Officer. al Officer, Hoardings and 5 KSHIP CMU shall monitor water quality both upstream and downstream of bridges Environmental thrice a year at the site of new bridges. Protection Act, CMU through 1986 and The approved Pollution C.3.6 noise pollution Pollution EO KSHIP Monitoring (regulation and Monitoring control) rules, Laboratory 2000 C.4 Contractor’s Demobilization Contractor shall prepare site restoration plans, which shall be approved by the Environmental Officer. The clean-up and restoration operations are to be Cleanup implemented by the Contractor prior to demobilization. All spaces excavated As per the CSC and Operations, and not occupied by the foundation or other permanent works shall be contract Environment C.4.1 Contractor Restoration and refilled with earth up to surface of surrounding ground. document and al Officer, Rehabilitation The Contractor shall clear all temporary structures; dispose all surplus RAP KSHIP material laying in waterway or around bridge site as per Comprehensive Waste Management Plan and approved by Environmental Officer.

100

Responsibility Environmental Reference Sl. No. Mitigation Measures Planning and Supervision/ Issue law/guidelines Execution Monitoring The bridge construction site shall be left clean and tidy, at the contractor’s expense, to the satisfaction to the Environmental Officer. OPERATION STAGE Activities to be Carried Out by the CMU (Construction Management Unit) The KSHIP shall monitor the operational performance of the various Monitoring mitigation measures carried out in the form of river training works as a part of As per the O.1 Operation the project contract KSHIP KSHIP Performance The indicators selected for monitoring include the water quality status, Soil document erosion etc. The periodic monitoring of the surface water quality at the selected locations Pollution as suggested in pollution monitoring plan shall be responsibility of KSHIP. Environmental Monitoring Pollution O.2 These locations shall be monitored once during operation stage. Protection Act, Agency KSHIP Monitoring 1986 through KSHIP Contractor shall submit Accident Safety and Hazardous Chemical Spill Safety O.3 Management Plan and shall get it approved by the “EO KSHIP”. The plan MoRTH 111.6 Measures should also have details of detours in case of emergency.

101

8.2 Other Mitigation Plans

8.2.1 Resettlement Plan 177. Social Impact Assessment (SIA) has been undertaken wherein the project authority will adopt the Resettlement and Rehabilitation (RandR) Policy of the project and prepare Resettlement Plan to address the adverse impacts arising out of the project. The RandR policy is in line with the National Policy on Resettlement and Rehabilitation 2007 and Asian Development Banks Safeguard Policy 2009.

8.2.2 Emergency Response Plan 178. Project Proponents shall prepare site specific Emergency Response Plans to face and address any emergency situation with respect to vehicular accidents, heavy floods and spillage of oil or other hazardous materials. It requires establishing and developing a communication and response system to minimize the impacts of these situations and also minimize the time required to respond to these situations in order to safeguard people, property and environmental resources. Contractor shall submit approved Accident Safety and Hazardous Chemical Spill Management Plan. The plan should also have details of detours in case of emergency.

8.2.3 Construction Water Management Plan 179. It is the responsibility of the contractor to arrange adequate supply and storage of water for the whole construction period and submit a list of sources from where water shall be used for the project as per the Construction Water Management Plan (Appendix 15). Contractor shall source the required water preferentially by conjunctive use of Surface water and groundwater but with prior permission from the Groundwater Authority. All precaution shall be taken to minimize the wastage of water during construction process.

8.3 Grievance Redressal Mechanism 180. A joint social and environmental redress mechanism will be implemented under the project. Grievances and suggestions from local and affected people may come-up related to inappropriate implementation of the project and components of EMP. Grievance re-dress mechanism shall be translated in Kannada language and posted to the respective village/Panchayat office by Contractor in behalf of the KSHIP at least 30 days prior to commencement of construction works. The expected range of grievances to be handled through this mechanism will encompass but not limited to the following: i) nuisance from noise, dust, and temporary blocking of access; ii) contamination of receiving water from runoff; iii) emissions from increase vehicular traffic and stationary sources like hot mix plant; iv) conflict between local residents and migrant workers; v) ownership of vegetation for clearing; and vi) damage compensation. These issues will be addressed through acknowledgement, evaluation and corrective action and response approach. Grievances from public or stakeholders concerning the project and EMP implementation will be received by the concerned Executive Engineer of KSHIP division. The Executive Engineer shall refer the application to Construction Supervision Consultants (CSC) who then assess the grievances/suggestions and if they are found to be genuine and acceptable, will be resolved at division level itself within 15 to 30 days from the date of receipt. In case, the issue is unable to be resolved, the matter will be forwarded to the Social and Environmental cell,

101 102

KSHIP (Head quarter). This mechanism is non-judicial in nature and does not preclude the affected people coursing their grievances to the courts. The corrective action will be started as per the action plan indicated to the stakeholder. The action taken and the outcome shall form a part of quarterly report to ADB.

8.4 Environmental Monitoring programme 181. Monitoring is an essential component for sustainability of any developmental project. It is an integral part of any environmental assessment process. Any development project introduces complex inter-relationships in the project area between people, natural resources, biota and other developing forces. Thus, a new environment is created. It is very difficult to predict with complete certainty the exact post-project environmental scenario. Hence, monitoring of critical parameters is essential in the post project phase. 182. The monitoring programme consists of performance indicators, reporting formats (Appendix – 12) and necessary budgetary provision. Out of this, the budgetary provisions are confidential and are not supposed to be part of the disclosure statement. The budgetary statements are provided in section 8.9 for the purpose of evaluation of the EMP. 183. The contractors monitoring plan should be in accordance with the baseline environmental monitoring locations provided in the environmental impact assessment report. 184. The monitoring plan has the following objective  To ensure effective implementation of EMP  To comply with all applicable environmental, safety, labour and local legislation  To ensure that public opinions and obligations are taken in to account and respected to the required satisfaction level  To modify the mitigation measures or implementing additional measures, if required 185. For each of the environmental condition indicators, the monitoring plan specifies the parameters to be monitored, location of the monitoring sites, frequency and duration of monitoring. The monitoring plan also specifies the applicable standards, implementation and supervising responsibilities. The monitoring plan and details of monitoring locations for environmental condition indicators of the project during the construction and operation stage are presented in Table 8.3. The monitoring will be carried out by PIU through the approved agency and will be supervised by the Environmental Experts of the Construction Supervision Consultants and PIU.

103

Table 8-3: Environmental monitoring for Air, Water, Noise and Soil No of Attribute Parameter Special guidance Standards Frequency Duration Location Implementation samples Air CO, NOx, SPM, High volume Air (prevention Once in every Two Construction Sites 36 or as KSHIP RPM, Pb and SO2 sampler to be and control of four months years and major directed located 50m from pollution) during establishments along the plant in the Rules. CPCB, construction the subproject down wind 1994 and operation including base line direction. Use stage. monitored stations method specified by CPCB for 24 hr sampling Water Please refer Grab sample IS for Inland Once in every Two Drinking water 18 or as KSHIP Appendix 7 for water collected from surface waters four months years samples from the directed quality parameters source and analyze (IS:2296,1982) during labour camps and to be monitored or as per standard and for construction from hand pumps, parameters as methods for drinking water and operation Surface water from decided by the examination (IS: 10500- stage. the water courses Environmental 1991) along the road Specialist of the project. CSC Noise Noise quality as per Equivalent noise MOEF Noise Once in every Two Near the construction 36 or as KSHIP National Ambient levels using and Rules 2000 four months years camps, working desired Noise Standards on integrated noise during zones, sensitive db (A) scale level meter kept at construction receptors at major a distance of 15m and operation human settlements from edge of stage. along the road. pavement Leq in db (A) of day time and night time

103 104

No of Attribute Parameter Special guidance Standards Frequency Duration Location Implementation samples *Soil Monitoring of pH, Sample of soil Threshold for One sample Two Construction camp 20 or as KSHIP Nitrogen, collected and each each during years /plant sites, Labour desired Phosphorus,, analyzed using contaminant the pre and camps, Batching Potassium, Sodium, absorption set by IRIS post monsoon plants and productive Chloride, Organic spectrometer database of for agricultural lands Carbon and Lead USPEA until construction abutting traffic standards are and operation detours and traffic available to stage. diversions and major use. intersections.

*Accidental spillage of hazardous and non-hazardous substances need to be dealt with as special cases largely depends on the circumstances including state of the substance (liquid or solid) Monitoring shall be carried out at all locations used for collection of primary data in the study .

105

8.5 Performance indicators 186. Environmental components identified of a particular significance in affecting the environment at critical locations have been suggested as performance indicators (PIs).

Table 8-4: Performance Indicators and monitoring plan Monitoring S. plan/ Responsibili Description of Item Indicator Stage No Performance ty indicators 1 Monitoring  No. of trees planted (Total) Road side Post Forest plan  No. of trees under and other constructio Department Compensatory Afforestation plantation n stage and PIU  No. of Trees planted along areas Road sides  No. of Trees planted at other locations (such as camps, borrow areas, debris disposal sites and plant areas)  No. of trees planted at enhancement sites 3 Performance  No. of Borrow Areas identified Borrow Pre - Contractor indicators and verified Area Constructio  No. of sites for which n and Post- restoration plans have been Constructio prepared n  No. of Sites restored and rehabilitated  No. of sites handed over 4 Performance  No. of Quarry Areas identified Quarry Pre – Contractor indicators and verified Constructio  No. of sites for which n and Post restoration plans have been Constructio prepared n  No. of sites restored and rehabilitated  No. of sites handed over 5 Performance  Quantity of Debris and spoils Disposal Constructio Contractor indicators to be disposed off sites n and Post  No. of locations finalized for Constructio Debris disposal n  Quantity of Debris and spoils disposed off  No. of locations for which Rehabilitation works have been completed 6 Performance  No. of locations identified for Constructi Pre- Contractor indicators the construction camp and on camps constructio construction plant sites and plant n and Post  No. of locations approved sites Constructio  Lay-outs approved n  No. of sites for which site Restoration and Rehabilitation

106

Monitoring S. plan/ Responsibili Description of Item Indicator Stage No Performance ty indicators has been completed 7 Performance  No. of Trees to be cut Tree Pre PIU indicators  No. of Trees cut cutting constructio  % Progress on the tree n removal 8 Performance No. of locations identified for Storage of Pre Contractor indicators temporary storage of the excavated constructio excavated materials to be used in materials n and embankment and sub grade constructio n 9 Monitoring Statutory environmental monitoring Environm Constructio Contractor plan as per the conditions stipulated in ental n the consents/ permission issued by status at PCB constructi on Sites 10 Monitoring Environmental parameter Air, Noise, Constructio PIU through plan monitoring in accordance with the Soil and n and external frequency and duration of Water Operation agency monitoring as well as the locations quality as per the Monitoring plan given in Table 8.3 11 Monitoring Before the onset of monsoon all Silting of Constructio Contractor plan the debris/excavated materials water n supervised by shall be cleaned from the work bodies the sites and disposed of at the pre – Environmenta identified approved locations l specialist of CSC 12 Performance Implementation of enhancement Enhance Constructio Contractor indicators measures for ments n  Parking areas  Cultural properties  Religious properties  Other oxbow land development

13 Performance  No. of Training sessions Training Constructio PIU indicators organized for Imparted n and - Department staff Operational - Contractors Phase - Combined  No. of people trained - Department staff - Contractors 14 Performance Slope protection measures Work Constructio Contractor indicators  Length (by type) sites n  No. of Locations 15 Performance Drainage Work Constructio Contractor indicators  Length sites n  No. of Locations 16 Performance Safety provisions Work Constructio Contractor indicators sites n

107

Monitoring S. plan/ Responsibili Description of Item Indicator Stage No Performance ty indicators  Signage (by type and No.)  Guard Rails  Guide Rails 17 Performance No. of chute drains provided Work Constructio Contractor indicators sites n 18 Performance Soil erosion prevention measures Work Constructio Contractor indicators  Silt fencing (No. of locations sites n and quantity)  Stone pitching (No. of locations and quantity)  Any other (Grass seeding etc.,) 19 Performance Utility ducts Utility Constructio Contractor indicators  Length provided ducts n  No. of Locations 20 Performance Water sources Work Constructio Contractor indicators  No. of sources protected sites n  No. of sources relocated 21 Performance No. of HIV awareness sessions Labours Constructio PIU indicators conducted n Stage 22 Performance No. Safety awareness sessions Labours Constructio PIU indicators conducted n Stage 23 Monitoring No. of awareness sessions for Public in Constructio PIU plan educating the public about road the n Stage safety and other environmental vicinity of aspects (such as waste dumping, project preservation of enhanced sites, road. pollution and health impacts etc.) 8.6 Reporting system 187. Reporting system for the suggested monitoring programme operates at two levels 1) Reporting for environmental condition indicators and environmental management indicators 2) Reporting for operational performance indicators at the PIU level. 188. Environmental monitoring involves regular checking of the environmental management issues detailed in the EMP and to ascertain whether the mitigation measures are achieving their objectives, according to the EMP, with the progress of the works. It provides the necessary feedback for project management to keep the programme on schedule will still achieving the expected outcomes. 189. The contractor, CSC and PIU operate the reporting system for environmental conditions and environmental management indicators. The reporting system is presented in Table 8.4. Reporting formats (Appendix – 12) for contractors and CSC have been prepared, which will form the basis of the implementation by the Contractor and monitoring by the CSC and PIU. The list of reporting formats prepared for the project is presented in Table 8.6 and formats are presented in Appendix – 12.

108

 The reporting system will start with the construction contractor who is the main executor of the implementation activities. The contractor will report to the CSC who in turn shall report to the PIU. The Contractor will submit monthly and quarterly environmental compliance reports along with formal monthly and quarterly reporting to the CSC.  The CSC will submit separate quarterly environmental monitoring reports to PIU in addition to submission of the summary of the activities of the month in the formal monthly report including any deviations and corrective actions.  PIU will be responsible for the preparation of the targets for identified non-compliances for the EMP compliance. 190. A full record of construction activities will be kept as a part of normal contract monitoring system. Reporting and Monitoring Systems for various stages of construction and related activities have been proposed are to ensure timely and effective implementation of the EMP. The operation stage monitoring reports may be annual or biannual, provided the Project Environmental Completion Report shows that the implementation was satisfactory. 191. This reporting will be as follows:  Reporting by the contractor to the CSC  Reporting by CSC to PIU  Reporting by PIU for the information of all interested parties.

Table 8-5: Reporting System Construction Supervision PIU to oversee consultant (CSC) Item Contractor compliance Supervisi Reporting to PIU monitoring on Construction Stage Monitoring of Before start of Regular Quarterly Regular construction site and work construction camp Pollution monitoring As required As Quarterly Quarterly required Debris disposal area Weekly As Quarterly Quarterly required Monitoring Implementatio Regular Quarterly Quarterly Enhancements n Top soil preservations Weekly Weekly Monthly Quarterly Borrow area/quarry Regular Weekly Monthly Quarterly area / Debris disposal area Tree cutting Weekly Weekly Monthly Quarterly Tree plantation Monthly Monthly Monthly Quarterly Operation stage Pollution Monitoring Quarterly Quarterly Quarterly As per monitoring plan Table 8-6: Summary Details of Reporting Formats Construction Format Forest Item Stage Contractor Supervision Consultant No. Department (CSC)

109

Implementation Implementation Reporting and Reporting and Reporting Supervision to PIU to Engineer to PIU EMS1 Approval of Pre- One time - One time One time construction construction camp/ plant site and its management plan EMS2 Approval of Pre- General- One - Regular Quarterly Borrow construction time Management Specific Plan (General redevelopment and Specific) plan – One for each borrow area Identification of Pre- One time - One time One time temporary construction storage yards and Management plan Solid waste Pre- General- One - Regular Quarterly Management construction time Plan (General Specific and Specific) redevelopment plan – One for each camp or plant site EMS3 Construction Construction Monthly - Regular Quarterly camp and plant site management EMS 4 Top Soil Construction Monthly - Regular Quarterly management EMS 5 Construction Construction Monthly - Regular Quarterly plants and pollution control Monitoring EMS 6 Vehicles and Construction Monthly - Regular Quarterly Pollution Control EMS 7 Details of the Construction Monthly - Regular Quarterly DG sets and pollution control EMS 8 Details of oil Construction Monthly - Regular Quarterly Storage EMS 9 Working at Construction Monthly - Regular Quarterly water courses and pollution control EMS10 Details of Construction Monthly - Regular Quarterly Water

110

Construction Forest Contractor Supervision Consultant Department Format (CSC) Item Stage No. Implementation Implementation Reporting and Reporting and Reporting Supervision to PIU to Engineer to PIU Extraction EMS11 Details of Construction Monthly - Regular Quarterly personal protective Equipment EMS12 Status of Construction Half yearly - Half yearly Half yearly consent for water extraction EMS13 Deviations and Construction - Monthly Quarterly corrective Actions EMS14 Tree plantation Construction Quarterly Quarterly and Operation EMS15 Plantation of Construction As applicable Quarterly As As shrubs and and applicable applicable grass Operation EMS16 Implementation Construction Monthly - Regular Quarterly of Enhancement measures for cultural properties, parking areas and incidental spaces Status Operation - Half yearly Regarding Rehabilitation of Borrow Areas Noise barrier Operation As applicable - Quarterly Quarterly construction Survival rate of Operation Quarterly Quarterly plants EMS17 Debris During Through out the - Regular Quarterly generated due construction construction to road period during widening widening 192. The Environmental officer of CSC can make required changes in the formats specified in Appendix 12 to ensure effective reporting of environmental issues. Some of the formats should be included in the request for inspection such as Debris disposal area approval request. For making any required changes in the frequency of reporting and change in the contents of the report for effective and simple for implementation and monitoring, CSC should discuss the reporting formats with the Contractor and PIU. This will not only ensure that the environmental provisions are addressed but also link the satisfactory compliance to environmental procedures

111 prior to approval of the Interim Payment Certificate (IPC) by the Engineer. In the regular monthly meeting the environmental aspects should also be discussed and the staff responsible for the implementation of the environmental management from the contractor, PIU and CSC should also be present.

8.7 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS 193. Project Implementation Unit is responsible for implementing the road improvement project to ensure and achieve certain level of quality in the project, during implementation of project and in turn will make sure that the statutory requirements are not violated during the pre construction, construction and Operational (defect liability period) stages of the project. Organizational setup for PIU and EMPIU is illustrated in the Figure 1.1. 194. The Chief Project Officer heads KSHIP. He will be responsible for the successful implementation of the Project. The Chief engineer is also the Project Director in the KSHIP set up for the implementation of the project. The project director (PD) is assisted by Project Implementation Unit (PIU), Environmental and Social wings at the head office. Various sub units are functioning under PIU such as Environmental Social Management Unit (ESMU); Environmental Management Plan Implementation Unit (EMPIU) and Social Development Resettlement Cell (SDRC). The SDRC is headed by a Chief Administrative Officer (CAO). The Project Director will be heading the overall functioning of the Environmental and Social Management Unit (ESMU). 195. The Executive Engineers (EEs) and supporting staff as employer’s representatives nominatedChief for the Engineer/Project project will be Director, responsible for the implementationTeam Leader, of the CSC, project under the divisions. The ExecutivePIU, KRIP, Engineer Bangalore. (Environment) and Social DevelopmentBangalore Officer of KSHIP will look after the environmental and social issues during the project preparation, implementation and operationEnvironmental with the assistance Engineer of the EnvironmentalEnvironmental Specialist of SpecialistProject Design and Environmental Officer (EO) of the CSC. 196. During the operation stage monitoring will be carried out by PIU with the help of environmental monitoring agencies approved by the State or Central Pollution Control Board. 197. Relationship among Environmental Specialist of construction supervision consultancy (CSC), KarnatakaExecutive Road Engineer Improvement and Project (KSHIP) andResident the contractor Engineer andwith respect to supervisionAsst. and Environmentalmonitoring of EMP Engineer, is depicted in the followingSr. Environmental Figure 8.1. Engineer, KRIP Project Division CSC, Project Division Figure 8-1: Relationship among Environmental Specialist of CSC, KSHIP and the contractor

Asst. Executive Engineer and Asst. Resident Engineer and Asst. Engineer, (Envtl. In charge) Asst. Envtl. Engineer, KRIP Sub division Project site office.

Contractor, Environmental Engineer, EHS 112

8.8 Institutional Capacity Building 198. The Environmental Officers/Engineers at PIU, Environmental experts of the Supervision Consultancy and the Concessionaire, who would be responsible for the implementation of the EMP, need to be trained on environmental issues of specific road development project. To ensure the success of the proposed implementation set up, there is need for training and skill upgradation.

8.8.1 Training Components: 199. The Environmental training should encompass the following:  Understanding of the relevant environmental regulations and their application to the project.  Main impacts of the project on the environment.  Mitigation measures as given in the EMP and their implementation.  Duties and responsibilities of the Contractors, Supervision Consultants and staff of PIU involved in the project.  Public/community consultation and its role during the implementation of the project.

113

 Supervision of the implementation of the EMP and environmental issues during construction.  Monitoring during construction stage.  Weekly, monthly and quarterly report preparations and submission.

8.8.2 Training Programme: 200. A training programme needs to be worked out incorporating the project needs as well as the intermediate term capacity building needs. The programme should consist of a number of training modules specific to target groups. The training would cover the basic principles and postulates of environmental assessment, mitigation plans and programmes implementation techniques, monitoring and management methods and tools. Looking into the potential requirements of each of the target groups, several training modules have been suggested. The training modules are given in Table-8.7. Since the subproject size is smaller in length and time required for project implementation is approximately 18 months training for target group may be clubbed with any of the other contract package.

Table 8-7: Training Modules for Environmental Management Environmental Training Mode of Aspects to be Sl. No. Training Recipients Conducting Training covered in training Agency modules SESSION-I Module-I Environmental staff of PIU Lecture Environmental External involved in the project, staff Sessions, overview and trainers, of construction supervision Workshops Environmental Environmental consultant, contractor, and and Regulations and Acts specialist, collaborating Government Presentation Agencies Module-II Environmental staff of PIU Lecture Environmental Impact External involved in the project, staff Sessions, Assessment: Road trainers, of construction supervision Workshops Projects and Environmental consultant and contractor and Environment Issues specialist, Presentation Module-III Environmental staff of PIU Lecture Environmental Specialist involved in the project, staff Sessions, Management Plan for Trainers; of construction supervision Workshops Road Projects Environmental consultant and Specialist Presentation SESSION-II Module-IV Environmental staff of PIU Lecturers; Environmental Issues External involved in the project, staff Group in the Project Agency of construction supervision Discussions consultant, contractor, and collaborating Government Agencies Module-V Environmental staff of PIU Lecturers; Environmentally External involved in the project, staff Demonstration Sound Construction Agency of construction supervision sessions; Management consultant and contractor Group Discussions

114

Environmental Training Mode of Aspects to be Sl. No. Training Recipients Conducting Training covered in training Agency modules Module-VI Environmental staff of PIU Lecturers; Planning for External involved in the project Group Environmentally Agency Discussions Sustainable Operation of Roads Module-VII Environmental staff of PIU Lecturers; Long Term External involved in the project Demonstration Environmental Issues Agency sessions; in Road Management Group Discussions 8.9 ENVIRONMENTAL BUDGETARY PROVISIONS 201. The budgetary provision for the implementation of the environmental management plan of the subproject road is presented in Table 8.8 and Table 8.9 and can be categorized in to two types. A) Environmental Management Plan Works to be implemented by the contractor under civil works contract (not included in civil works BOQ) B) Environment Management Plan Works to be implemented by Government Departments or other agencies as per the regulatory requirements.

Table 8-8 : Bill of Quantities for Implementation of Environmental Management Action Plan to be executed under Civil Works Contract Sl. Amount Description Unit Quantity Rate (Rs) No. (Rs) 1 A. Carting away the unserviceable materials from Cum 14,309 58 824,198 work site to the nearest disposal site (up to a lead of 5km) and disposing the same in disposal pits or borrow areas including depositing unserviceable materials in layers and manual compaction. Appendix: 1 B. The 30 cm top layer of disposal pit shall be Sqm. 79,495 28 2,205,986 provided with good earth, suitable for development of vegetation/plantation. All work shall be carried out as per specifications and approval of the Engineer in Charge 2 Turfing at ground level at disposal pits for un- Sqm 79,495 27 2,146,365 serviceable material as per specifications and approval of the Engineer in Charge. 3 Regular water sprinkling (at least 4 times) per day at Km 27.80 12,000 333,600 all construction sites for suppression of visible dust levels. Note: This item is to be operated after the completion of earthwork to suppress the visible dust levels. Cost of watering during compaction of earthwork is deemed to be already covered under civil works.

115

Sl. Amount Description Unit Quantity Rate (Rs) No. (Rs) 4 Construction of Recharge pits within the selected Nos. 10 26,000 260,000 water bodies along the project road as per approved design and drawing as developed by Central Ground Water Board (Ref Appendix-2 for details). 5 Construction of silt traps at the discharge points of M 10 1,250 12,500 channels into to fresh water bodies across the project road as per the Standard Details provided in the Appendix-3 6 Providing informatory sign boards (informatory Sqm 2 10,192 20,384 /caution messages) for road users for providing information about ecologically sensitive areas, wild life crossing points (if any), important tourist locations, etc as applicable. The specifications of sign boards shall conform to relevant IRC specifications. The probable locations for informatory sign boards are given in Appendix-4 7 Construction of 30cm thick clay lined (at bottom and Nos. 10 83,410 834,100 sides) pits for safe disposal of scarified bitumen including carriage (up to a lead of 10km), depositing bitumen in layers of 15 Cms with manual compaction and covering the pit with 20cm thick good earth as top layer at ground level all complete as per specifications and details given in the Appendix-5 8 Turfing at ground level at disposal pits for scarified Sqm 3,515 28 97,541 bitumen as per specifications and approval of the Engineer in Charge. 9 Periodic air quality monitoring during construction Nos. 36 7,500 270,000 stage at construction camp sites, bitumen hot mix plants, crusher plants (if specifically established for Project), at major settlement areas along project road. The parameters to be monitored are SPM, RPM, SO2, NOx and CO, Lead. Each monitoring schedule shall be over a duration of 24 hours (in 8 hour shifts), once in four months for 2 Years). The tests are to conducted in accordance CPCB norms at locations given in Appendix - 7) 10 Water quality monitoring during construction phase Nos. 18 2,000 36,000 at locations given in Appendix - 7. The sampling shall be carried out once four months for 2 years and cover all parameters as per IS10500 including heavy metals as per details given in Appendix-7. 11 Noise quality monitoring at specified silent receptors Nos. 36 500 18,000 along Project Road, at construction camp sites, bitumen hot mix plants, crusher plants(if specifically established for Project), and at major settlement areas along project road. – Each monitoring schedule shall be over a duration of 12hours (6Am to 6PM), once in four months for 2 Years). The monitoring shall be carried out in accordance with CPCB norms at locations given in Appendix-7)

116

Sl. Amount Description Unit Quantity Rate (Rs) No. (Rs) 12 Soil quality monitoring at Construction camp /plant Nos. 20 3,500 70,000 sites, Labour camps, Batching plants and productive agricultural lands abutting traffic detours and traffic diversions and major intersections along Project Road. Parameters shall include pH, Nitrogen, Phosphorus, Potassium, Sodium, Chloride, Organic Carbon and Lead and carried out twice in a year (Pre and Post Monsoon) at all locations for 2 years as per details given in Appendix-7 13 Providing Oil Interceptors at the fuel/oil storage Nos. 1 5,000 5,000 camps or Construction camps. Typical Drawing given in Appendix-8 14 Providing Personal Protective Equipment to the cost/ 100 1,000 100,000 labours during the construction phase of the project. person/ Appendix-9 annum 15 Provision for two health check ups for the cost/ 100 1,500 150,000 carcinogens from bituminous fumes, which may person inhaled during road paving works. The first health check up prior to induction of the personnel into the construction works and the last health check up prior to the discharge of the personnel from the construction works 16 Utilisation of unserviceable material obtained from Cum 1,313 77 101,101 Road way excavation for widening and construction of cross roads. Total (Rs.) 7,484,776 Table 8-9: Bill of Quantities for Environmental Management Action Plan - Mandatory Works to be implemented by Government Departments/ agencies as per regulatory requirements. Sl. Rate Amount Description Unit Quantity No. (Rs) (Rs) 1 Raising Avenue Plantation along the project road Km 27.80 143,400 3,986,520 length @ 200 tress per Km. The Plantation programme shall be prepared, implemented and maintained for total of 7 (2+5) years. 2 Raising of Median Plantation along selected Km. 0 65,000 0 stretches of project road. The plantation program shall be prepared, implemented and maintained for total of 4 (1+3) years. 3 Construction of noise barrier(s) at specified M 890 4,200 3,738,000 locations along Project Road as per the specifications and drawing given in the Appendix -6 4 Raising of Plantation to act as vegetative noise M 0 490 0 barrier at select locations as per specifications and details given in Appendix - 6. The plantation program shall be prepared, implemented and maintained for 6 years as per plan. 5 Enhancement of roadside pond including gardening, Nos. 0 4,120,00 0 construction of parking lots, internal roads, as per 0 drawing No. Complete with all leads and lift and as directed by the Engineer. 6 Re-Development of oxbow land with and other left Ha 1 94,000 94,000 over land at realignment locations along project road

117

Sl. Rate Amount Description Unit Quantity No. (Rs) (Rs) as per standard tree plantation program approved by the Forest Department, Government of Karnataka. The plantation program shall be prepared, implemented and maintained for total of 4 (1+3) years. 7 Compensatory Afforestation in lieu of forestland Ha 0.00 94,000 0 diverted Project Road as per the Forest Conservation Act. Compensatory Afforestation works is to be implemented by Forest Department. 8 Compensatory Provision in terms of Net Present Ha 0.00 730,000 0 value (NPV cost) of the Forestland diverted for the Project Road (NPV to be borne by PIU, KSHIP). 9 Providing short term Environmental Management Nos. 0 143,000 0 Training for Staff of PIU, contractor’s personnel by the Construction Supervision Consultant. The responsibility of developing and conducting the training program shall be of construction supervision consultant but the cost will be borne by contractor. Training shall cover for pre-construction, construction and post construction phase. Total (Rs.) 8,819,520

Total cost estimate for implementation of EMP works of the Link Total of Table 8.8 7,484,776 Total of Table 8.9 8,819,520 Grand Total (Rs.) 16,304,296

118

9 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 202. The proposed Padubidri - Karkala subproject (48A) is an existing State Highway road and it is proposed to be up-graded with no new alignment except for realignments at some locations for improving the road geometrics and meet the project objectives. 203. The Initial Environmental Examination report attempts to identify significant potential environmental impacts associated with the construction and operational phases of the proposed road Project. Apart from positive impacts road projects could also generate some adverse direct and indirect environmental impacts. Direct environmental impacts are usually due to construction activities, while indirect environmental impacts are usually related to the operation of improved roads. 204. Further, most of the adverse impacts of road project during construction period are temporary in nature. Most of these impacts can be minimized through specific engineering solutions, construction methodology incorporated into the project design and by planning adequate and timely mitigation measures such that, the overall impact on environmental attributes by the proposed project works are unlikely to cause any significant adverse environmental impacts and no further detailed study is required. 205. Any major change in the project proposal and setup will require updating the environmental assessment document as per the requirement. The updated assessment will have to be submitted to concerned Government authorities and ADB for concurrence before the actual construction commence. Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan may be updated if deemed necessary as per the requirements.

119

ANNEX 1: PHYSIOGRAPHY OF THE PROJECT AREA

120

ANNEX 2: CLIMATIC CONDITION OF THE PROJECT AREA

121

ANNEX 3: DRAINAGE AND RIVER BASINS OF THE PROJECT AREA

122

ANNEX 4: IRRIGATION AND HYDROGEOLOGY OF THE PROJECT AREA

123

ANNEX 5: ROCKS AND MINERALS IN THE PROJECT AREA.

124

ANNEX 6: SOIL TYPE OF THE PROJECT AREA

125

ANNEX 7: GENERAL LAND USE AND CROPPING PATTERN OF THE PROJECT AREA.

126

ANNEX 8: FORESTLAND TYPE IN THE PROJECT AREA.

127

ANNEX 9: RAPID ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT (REA) CHECKLIST –ROADS and HIGHWAYS Padubidri - Karkala (48 A) Subproject Instructions:  This checklist is to be prepared to support the environmental classification of a project. It is to be attached to the environmental categorization form that is to be prepared and submitted to the Chief Compliance Officer of the Regional and Sustainable Development Department.  This checklist is to be completed with the assistance of an Environment Specialist in a Regional Department.  This checklist focuses on environmental issues and concerns. To ensure that social dimensions are adequately considered, refer also to ADB checklists and handbooks on (i) involuntary resettlement, (ii) indigenous peoples planning, (iii) poverty reduction, (iv) participation, and (v) gender and development.  Answer the questions assuming the “without mitigation” case. The purpose is to identify potential impacts. Use the “remarks” section to discuss any anticipated mitigation measures.

Country/Project Title: KRIP 48 A (Length – 27.82 km) Sector Division: Padubidri - Karkala SCREENING QUESTIONS Yes No REMARKS A. Project Siting - Is the Project area adjacent to or within any of the following Environmentally sensitive areas?  Cultural heritage site There are no cultural heritage sites on the subproject X road  Protected Area The nearest protected area Kudure mukha National X Park is located 15 km away from the proposed project road.  Wetland X There area no natural wetlands.  Mangrove X None  Estuarine X None  Buffer zone of protected None X area  Special area for protecting None X biodiversity B. Potential Environmental Impacts - Will the Project cause…  Encroachment on There are no cultural heritage sites on the subproject historical/cultural areas; road. disfiguration of landscape X by road embankments, cuts, fills, and quarries?  Encroachment on precious ecology (e.g. There are no ecologically sensitive or protected areas X sensitive or protected along the subproject road. areas)?  Alteration of surface water The sub project crosses few streams. and no major hydrology of waterways changes in surface water hydrology of waterway is X crossed by roads, envisaged as construction of bridges (cross drainage resulting in increased structures) will be taken up during lean stream flow

128

sediment in streams periods (summer) to avoid diversion of stream flow, soil affected by increased soil erosion and flooding in the adjacent areas. All existing erosion at construction cross drainages have been reviewed for impact on site? surface water hydrology; reconstruction and replacement of distressed cross drainage structures along with new constructions will minimize the impact of subproject on the surface water hydrology. Treatment of one bridge and 59 culverts including maintenance, widening, replacement by larger dimensions and new constructions will be taken up for the subproject.  Deterioration of surface Several mitigation measures will be taken to minimize water quality due to silt the silt runoff by constructing by setting worker camps runoff and sanitary wastes and construction camps away from the surface water from worker-based camps bodies and providing silt trap trenches across the and chemicals used in X natural drains. Toilets will be provided with Septic tanks, construction? Sullage water will be connected to soak pits, paved platform will be provided for vehicle service area, chemicals, and oil spills will be collected in oil interceptors and stored separately for recycling.  Increased local air Air pollution due to construction activities is pollution due to rock comparatively less as the construction period is limited crushing, cutting and to approximately 18 months and total length of filling works, and subproject is only 27.82 km . chemicals from asphalt Impacts on air quality during construction stage are processing? transitory in nature and can be largely limited by mitigating measures. Crushing units, hot mix plant and X wet mix plants will be located away from the human settlements and sensitive ecosystems. SPCB consents will be obtained and conditions laid there will be complied for establishing and operating these plants. Grubbing, clearing and wetting of sites will be done for cutting and filling works at construction sites as well as at borrow area.  Risks and vulnerabilities Risks and vulnerabilities related to health and safety due related to occupational to physical, chemical, biological and radiological health and safety due to hazards during project road construction are addressed physical, chemical, through risk prevention and reduction by onsite safety biological, and radiological monitoring and management; imparting training and skill hazards during project development on occupational health and safety to construction and construction workers; insisting contractor to comply with operation during project X all the applicable labour laws applicable to the construction and construction workers employment, health, safety and operation? welfare; ensuring provision of Personnel Protective Equipments (PPE); conducting periodical safety audits; preparing transportation management plans; taking necessary precautions to maintain the health and safety of the construction workers and ensuring medical staff and first aid facilities at the construction site.  Noise and vibration due to No blasting sites will be selected nearer to settlements. blasting and other civil Blasting timings will be decided by consulting locals. All works? precautions such as cordoning the area, sirens, X manning with flags etc will be taken up before blasting operations. Noisy equipments such as DG sets will be provided with enclosures and mufflers. People working near excess noise producing equipments and

129

machinery will be provided with ear plugs  Dislocation or involuntary About 19 families will be dislocated due to the resettlement of people subproject. The project will adopt the Resettlement and Rehabilitation (RandR) Policy of the project to address X the adverse impacts arising out of the project. This policy is in line with the National Policy on Resettlement and Rehabilitation 2007 and Asian Development Banks Safeguard Policy 2009.  Dislocation and compulsory resettlement Subproject does not involve compulsory resettlement of X of people living in right-of- people living within right of way. way?  Disproportionate impacts There are no disproportionate impacts on the poor, on the poor, women and women and children, Indigenous Peoples or other children, Indigenous vulnerable groups by the proposed upgradation of Peoples or other KSHIP roads. Indigenous People Development Plans vulnerable groups? shall be prepared to address the issues raised due to the implementation of the proposed project. X Proposed project roads provide safe access to markets, health care and other necessary services thus improving the quality of life of poor, women and other vulnerable groups. Children below the age of 14 years of age shall not be allowed to employ in the project.  Other social concerns Social concerns relating to inconveniences in living relating to inconveniences conditions in the project areas is minimal as total length in living conditions in the of the subproject is only 27.82 km and short construction project areas that may period of approximately 18 months. trigger cases of upper Construction activities near to settlements including respiratory problems and plying of construction vehicles may generate in few stress? cases respiratory problems. All precautionary and mitigation measures for dust X mitigation measures such as sprinkling water on all the haul roads on a regular basis during construction period; siting of construction establishments away from the human habitats; Pollution control devices (cyclone separators /scrubbers) and increasing the stack height to control and dilute emissions from hot mix plants and batching plants; covering the truck loads of materials to avoid dust and spillage on the roads, etc will be taken up.  Hazardous driving Site specific traffic management plans will be prepared. conditions where Assistance from local police will be taken. Temporary construction interferes diversions will be provided by maintaining adequate with pre-existing roads? carriage way for diversion traffic. Barricades, Traffic X Safety Signs, Caution boards, markings, flags, lights and flagmen as may be required will be provided to avoid interference to the flow of traffic at pre-existing roads.  Poor sanitation and solid Construction camps will be provided with sanitary waste disposal in latrines and urinals. The sewage system will be construction camps and operated properly to avoid health hazards, ground water X work sites, and possible and soil contamination. Compost pits will be constructed transmission of for the disposal of the garbage and other biodegradable communicable diseases wastes generated from the camps. Proper collection,

130

from workers to local transportation and disposal of the wastes will be populations? ensured. Construction and labour camps will be sited away from human settlements to avoid possible transmission of communicable diseases from workers to local populations.  Creation of temporary Better sanitation will be provided in construction and breeding habitats for X labour camps. Open pits near settlements will be filled mosquito vectors of with construction debris and covered with soil. disease?  Gaseous and odor As the size of subproject is only 27.82 km (length) and emissions to the construction period is short (approx. 18 months), atmosphere from quantity of gaseous and odor emissions to the processing operations? X atmosphere are very less. Hot Mix Plants and Batch Mixing Plants will be sited away from settlements. Chimney height will be raised as per design.   Uncontrolled in-migration Sub project do not open any new roads to forest area. with opening of roads to Hence, the question of uncontrolled in–migration and forest area and X overloading of social infrastructure on the sub project overloading of social doesn’t arise. infrastructure?  Accident risks associated Should an accidental spill occur, the applicable with increased vehicular emergency spill procedure such as stopping the flow; traffic, leading to X removing ignition source; initiating emergency response; accidental spills of toxic cleanup and safe disposal will be followed. materials and loss of life?  Increased noise and air After the completion of sub project, there will be a pollution resulting from reduction in noise and air pollution due to smooth and traffic volume? uniform flow of traffic. However, there will be a gradual increase in air pollution due to increased number of X vehicles on the improved roads. Proposed avenue and median plantation along the road sides and in medians should help to control dust, fugitive emissions and noise from reaching the receptors.  Increased risk of water There is no increased risk of water pollution from small pollution from oil, grease quantities of oil, grease and fuel spills and other and fuel spills, and other materials from vehicles using the road. The accidental materials from vehicles spills of oils, fuels and other hazardous chemicals from using the road? the vehicles using the road during operational phase will pollute nearby water courses of the area. X Small quantities of oil and fuel get emulsified in large quantities of runoff and cannot be removed effectively by oil interceptors. Oil interceptors have been proposed for all the construction camps. Emergency Services will be engaged for the containment, cleanup and disposal of contamination release into the environment.  Social conflicts if workers Construction labourers shall be hired locally to avoid any from other regions or sort of conflicts. If workers are hired from other regions, countries are hired? X construction camps shall be located away from human habitations to avoid the social conflicts rising between locals and labourers.  Large population influx All attempts shall be made to hire local construction during project construction X labourers to avoid any sort of conflicts. If workers are and operation that causes hired from other regions, construction camps shall be

131

increased burden on located away from human habitations to avoid the social infrastructure and increased burden on social infrastructure and services services (such as water such as water supply and sanitation systems, etc. supply and sanitation systems)?

 Risks to community health Statutory rules such as Hazardous Waste (Management and safety due to the and Handling) Rules, 1989 governing transport, storage transport, storage, and and handling of hazardous chemicals shall be strictly use and/or disposal of adhered. materials such as Hazardous Waste Management and Disposal Plan shall explosives, fuel and other be prepared to avoid risks associated with transport, chemicals during storage, and use and/or disposal of materials such as construction and X explosives, fuel and other chemicals during construction operation? and operation. Accident Safety and Hazardous Chemical Spill Management Plan including details of detours in case of emergency shall be prepared for an accidental release or spill of such chemicals. Training and awareness shall be given to transport crews and personnel handling such substances.  Community safety risks If the project activities pose potential safety risks to the due to both accidental and members of the affected family by structural elements natural causes, especially used in the project it shall be disclosed along with where the structural relevant project-related information to enable the elements or components affected communities to understand these risks and of the project are potential impacts, all efforts shall be made for accessible to members of prevention, mitigation including emergency response the affected community or measures. where their failure could Efforts shall also be made to design, construct, operate result in injury to the and decommission the structural elements of the project X community throughout giving special consideration to potential exposure to project construction, natural hazards, especially where the structural operation and elements are accessible to members of the affected decommissioning. community. All necessary measures for the safety of affected community and traffic during construction by providing, erecting and maintaining barricades, signboards, pavement markings, flags, lights and flagmen as proposed in the Traffic Control Plan and MoRTH specifications.

APPENDIXES TABLE OF CONTENTS

APPENDIX - 1: DISPOSAL SITE MANAGEMENT...... 1 APPENDIX – 2: RECHARGE PITS ...... 5 APPENDIX – 3: TYPICAL SILT TRAP...... 7 APPENDIX - 4: SIGN/ INFORMATION BOARDS FOR TOURISM ENHANCEMENT: ...... 9 APPENDIX – 5: BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT RECYCLING ...... 10 APPENDIX – 6: NOISE BARRIERS ...... 13 APPENDIX - 7: SAMPLING LOCATIONS FOR AIR, WATER, NOISE AND SOIL WITH NATIONAL STANDARDS...... 16 APPENDIX - 8: OIL INTERCEPTORS ...... 19 APPENDIX – 9: WORKERS SAFETY IN COMMON OPERATION AND DURING CONSTRUCTIONS...... 20 APPENDIX - 10: TREE PLANTATION STRATEGY ...... 29 APPENDIX – 11: ENHANCEMENT MEASURES...... 33 APPENDIX - 12: FORMATS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING ...... 34 APPENDIX – 13: GUIDELINES FOR THE MANAGEMENT OF ROAD SECTION THROUGH FOREST AREAS...... 46 APPENDIX – 14: ARRANGEMENT FOR TRAFFIC DURING CONSTRUCTION ...... 48 APPENDIX – 15: GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN ...... 53 APPENDIX – 16: ENVIRONMENT FRIENDLY CONSTRUCTION METHODOLOGY: ..... 54 APPENDIX – 17: BORROW AREAS MANAGEMENT ...... 58 APPENDIX - 18: SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL ...... 62 APPENDIX - 19: LOCATING QUARRIES, REHABILITATING QUARRIES AND GUIDELINES FOR STONE CRUSHERS...... 63 APPENDIX - 20: STORAGE, HANDLING, USE AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE FOR HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS...... 69 APPENDIX – 21: SELECTION AND MANAGEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION CAMP ...... 72 APPENDIX – 22: MATERIAL DATA SHEET – BITUMEN ...... 76

APPENDIX - 1: DISPOSAL SITE MANAGEMENT SELECTION OF DISPOSAL SITES: The locations of Disposal sites have to be selected such that:  No residential area are located downwind side of these locations,  Disposal sites are located at least 1000 m away from sensitive locations like Settlements, Water body notified forest areas, Sanctuaries or any other sensitive locations.  Disposal sites do not contaminate any water sources, rivers etc for this site should be located away from water body and disposal site should be lined properly to prevent infiltration of water.  Public perception about the location of debris disposal site has to be obtained before finalizing the location.  Permission from the Village/local community is to be obtained for the Disposal site selected.  Environment Engineer of CSC and Executive Engineer of Contract Management Unit must approve the Plan. PRECAUTIONS TO BE ADOPTED DURING DISPOSAL OF DEBRIS / WASTE MATERIAL The Contractor shall take the following precautions while disposing off the waste material  During the site clearance and disposal of debris, the Contractor will take full care to ensure that public or private properties are not affected, there is no dwellings below the dumpsite and that the traffic is not interrupted.  The Contractor will dispose off debris only to the identified places or at other places only with prior permission of Engineer-in-Charge of works.  In the event of any spoil or debris from the sites being deposited on any adjacent land, the Contractor will immediately remove all such spoil debris and restore the affected area to its original state to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge of works.  The Contractor will at all times ensure that the entire existing canal and drains within and adjacent to the site are kept safe and free from any debris.  Contractor will utilize effective water sprays during the delivery and handling of materials when dust is likely to be created and to dampen stored materials during dry and windy weather.  Materials having the potential to produce dust will not the loaded to a level higher than the side and tail boards and will be covered with a tarpaulin in good condition.  Any diversion required for traffic during disposal of debris shall be provided with traffic control signals and barriers after the discussion with local people and with the permission of Engineer-in-Charge of works.  During the debris disposal, Contractor will take care of surrounding features and avoid any damage to it. While disposing debris / waste material, the Contractor will take into account the wind direction and location of settlements to ensure against any dust problems. GUIDELINES FOR REHABILITATION OF DISPOSAL SITES The dumpsites filled only up to the ground level could be rehabilitated as per guidelines below and to be decided by the Engineer and the supervision consultant 2

 The dumpsites have to be suitably rehabilitated by planting local species of shrubs and other plants. Local species of trees has also to be planted so that the landscape is coherent and is in harmony with its various components.  In cases where a dumpsite is near to the local village community settlements, it could be converted into a play field by spreading the dump material evenly on the ground. Such playground could be made coherent with the landscape by planting trees all along the periphery of the playground.  Some of the dumpsites could be used either for plantation or for growing agricultural produce such as ginger, turmeric or oranges etc.  Care should always be taken to maintain the hydrological flow in the area. Possible impacts due to the excavated debris materials: If not disposed off properly what would be the expected scenario? This is described in the following sections. 1 Obstruction to natural watercourses The materials if not disposed off properly would be taken by the running water to the lowest portion of the valleys/streams creating huge obstruction to free flow of natural stream water. If people were residing nearby that would affect their life by way of flooding or by spoiling the premises. 2 Siltation in surface water reservoir Most of the materials would be ultimately taken down stream through rivers and ultimately depositing in to reservoirs leading to heavy siltation. This in turn would reduce the reservoir capacity substantially within a very short span. This could incur huge losses to the exchequer. Desiltation is also expensive and normally carried out after many years of operation of reservoirs in the natural circumstances. 3 Soil Erosion Massive soil erosion is the most direct impact of the debris excavation. The precipitation and the consequent run off would erode the loose materials by way of suspension and solution. Once reached up to the mainstream courses even the big boulders would be transported down due to the steep gradients available along the stream courses. 4 Spoiling of Agricultural land As a usual practice mainly due to poor planning and limited resources, the Contractor usually throw the materials to the near by valley areas. This would be taken down to the private agricultural areas. The farmer will incur huge losses and may even sue the Contractor. As a result the project could be stopped indefinitely leading to losses for the people of the State. 5 Destruction of Agricultural crops Destruction of agricultural crops immediately down the hill will require crop compensation there by reducing the profit margin of the Contractor. Identification of Disposal Areas: The Contractor should also try to make use of all disposal areas identified during the project preparation stage. If the road execution is approaching hilly area, rolling terrain, mountainous area or rocky area then importance should be given to screening i.e., to screen the debris into useful materials. Useful stones can be utilized as construction material and non-useful can be used as development of the public, social and cultural properties as 3 already written above such as parking places, school playground, bus bays, ground near any temple and Mosque so that people participation can be assured in the implementation of the project. So it would be good if NGOs are introduced to perform this task more efficiently. In order to maximize the profits or at least to reduce the expenditure, the contractor usually resorts to his own methods. In that process Contractor could find a more number of feasible areas. Following are some of the burrow pits nearby Padubidri - Karkal subproject road, which can be used as disposal sites for unserviceable materials derived from the project. Sl. Quarry Chainage Name of Quarries No. No. (Km) 48A: Padubidri - Karkal Road Side Moorum Borrow Pits on LHS is MII-1B- 1 located at a distance of 0.2 km from Project 3+800 244 Road. Road Side Moorum Borrow Pits on LHS is MII-1B- 2 located at a distance of 0.2 km from Project 14+200 245 Road. Road Side Moorum Borrow Pits on LHS is MII-1B- 3 located at a distance of 0.1 km from Project 23+000 246 Road. Road Side Moorum Borrow Pits on LHS is MII-1B- 4 located at a distance of 0.3 km from Project 26+000 247 Road. Disposal methods and its limitations: There are several constraints in the disposal of materials in the identified locations. They are  Disposal areas are uneven and irregular in shape in the hilly terrain  Most of the disposal areas would require construction of retaining walls  Disposal areas would require compaction  Disposal areas would require plantation  No overloading and should be in small trucks or dumpers  Need to transport safely with covered trucks using tarpaulin  Consultation with all concerned  Written permission form all concerned  To transport through difficult haul roads- may require maintenance Local community Groups At each identified debris disposal locations, it is necessary to form local community groups. Entrust the duty of the supervision and all other assistance to dumping process. Ultimately the disposed area should be compacted using road rollers. Information display boards The capacity of the disposal locations, name of the location etc shall be written in an information board at each identified disposal locations. Proposed design: Contractor needs to plan the disposal in the following way  Identify the disposal area  Need to photograph the present land use and condition of the area  Consult with all stakeholders  Get written agreement from all concerned 4

 Prepare a suitable design for the safe disposal  Construct all required structures (e.g. retaining wall)  Planting of fast growing popular trees on the outer potion of the retaining wall in the form of a linear wall parallel to the retaining wall  Compact of the materials after disposal  Prepare a Contractors debris disposal plan with design drawings for each identified area  With regards to plan, there would be only one disposal plan with small changes for each location. Contractors need to get approvals for specific design for each identified disposal area. Penalties: Stringent action & penalties for dumping of materials in locations other than the pre-identified locations is to be worked out to avoid clandestine disposal in the midnight hours. There are several cases of dumping of material randomly in many locations. 5

APPENDIX – 2: RECHARGE PITS TYPICAL DRAWING OF RECHARGE PIT

RECHARGE PITS – LOCATION

Sl. No. Chainage LHS RHS 48A: Padubidri - Karkala 1 2.300 Drain/Culvert Drain/Culvert 2 5.000 Drain/Culvert Drain/Culvert 3 10.800 Low lying area - 4 16.300 Drain/Culvert Drain/Culvert 5 21.500 Drain/Culvert Drain/Culvert 6 26.000 - Low lying area

APPENDIX – 3: TYPICAL SILT TRAP

Some of the locations for silt fencing on the proposed road are given in the following table. Silt fencing locations have been selected such that each recharge pit will have one silt fence to prevent silt from entering the nearest water bodies and also prevent choking of recharge pit by the silt coming from runoff water increasing the life of recharge pits. Silt fence are mounted in guiding drains at a distance of 3 to 5 M in the upstream direction depending on the gradient of the guiding drains. However location of silt traps will depend on contractor’s proposal for site facilities and work sites and should

8 be provided in the contractor’s proposals. This will be checked by Environmental engineer of the construction supervision consultancy and monitored by PIU.

SILT FENCING – LOCATION:

APPENDIX - 4: SIGN/ INFORMATION BOARDS FOR TOURISM ENHANCEMENT: This relates to the information boards with regards to the Ecological, tourism and pilgrimage areas so that all these structures are properly integrated to the project roads. This will be a positive step towards tourism’s prospective of the state. Provision for minimum of two signboards has been made and included in the BoQ of Environmental Management Plan.

APPENDIX – 5: BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT RECYCLING Introduction: The bituminous pavement rehabilitation alternatives are mainly overlaying, recycling and construction. In the recycling process the material from deteriorated pavement, known as reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP), is partially or fully reused in fresh construction. Some of the advantages associated with pavement recycling are (i) Less user delay (ii) Conservation of energy (iii) Preservation of environment (iv) Reduced cost of construction (v) Conservation of aggregate and binder (vi) Preservation of existing pavement geometrics, etc. It is also reported that recycled mix has higher resistance to shearing and scuffing, which in turn increase the rutting resistance. Chances of reflective cracking are found to be less with recycled mix. The RAP is a deteriorated bituminous mix that contains aged bitumen and aggregates. Hence, its performance is poorer when compared to the fresh mix. The purpose of the bituminous recycling is to regain the properties of the RAP, such that it tends to perform as good as fresh mix. Thus, the process of bituminous recycling involves mixing of the RAP, fresh bitumen, rejuvenators and new aggregates in suitable proportions. Rejuvenators are low viscosity oily substance, which helps to bring down the high viscosity of aged bitumen. The present article intends to discuss briefly the various possible methods of bituminous pavement recycling. RECYCLING METHODS: I. Based on the process adopted in recycling the bituminous mix, it can be broadly classified as central plant recycling and in-situ recycling. If the RAP is modified at a plant, away from construction site then the process is known as central plant recycling. In-situ recycling process the RAP modified in place, where from it is available. Further, the RAP could be heated to condition it. If heat is applied then the process is known as hot mix recycling. In case of cold mix recycling, old materials are conditioned using recycling agent (like, low viscosity emulsion) without application of heat. II. Another way of classification could be based on the depth of the old pavement removed. If the top layers of pavement fail, then the upper layers are removed and laid again. This process is known as surface recycling. However, if base failure occurs then the pavement layers up to base layer is removed and constructed again. This process is known as full depth reclamation. III. The following paragraphs elaborate further the various recycling processes.

HOT IN-PLACE RECYCLING: Initially the pavement intended to be recycled is heated to a higher temperature using suitable heating arrangement. This facilitates easier removal of materials. After heating, the pavement surface is scarified to the required depth. Further, depending on the requirement fresh aggregate and binder are added. The material is mixed well and compacted to the required thickness. As this process consumes less time, least disruption to traffic is caused. Also the transportation cost is less, as materials need not 11 be taken away. Machinery required for this purpose being bulky in nature, sufficient right- of-way is required. This becomes an important consideration for in-place recycling within the city areas.

COLD IN PLACE RECYCLING: In cold in-place recycling process, first, the pavement is scarified with a scarifier. The scarified material is crushed to the required gradation. Then the required amount of fresh aggregates and binder in cold form (emulsion or cutback) is added. It is compacted and left for aeration. During this process additives like, cement, quick lime, fly ash may be used. The cold mix recycling takes care of local geometric correction, correction of pavement distresses like surface cracks. Being an in-situ process the hauling cost is considerably low. The air quality related problems during construction is almost negligible as compared to hot mix process. Similar to hot in place recycling process the machinery required being bulky, sufficient maneuvering space should be available for operating the equipment. Also, the lane needs to be closed for certain time so that sufficient time is available for curing of freshly laid course. Moisture content (when bitumen emulsion is used) needs to be given importance as it influences gradation control, mixing and workability of recycled mix to a large extent.

HOT CENTRAL PLANT RECYCLING: In this process, RAP is combined with required quantity of bituminous binder, and fresh aggregates in a hot mix plant. The resultant mix is heated to an elevated temperature and mixed thoroughly. The hot mix is transported to paving site, placed, and compacted to the required compaction level. The main advantage of this process is that the mix properties and performance is comparable to that of virgin mix. It is noted that the quality control in this process is better when compared to hot in-place recycling. As RAP is susceptible to moisture, care needs to be taken while storing it. Less workspace is required for laying the recycled mix, hence this is suitable for the roads where the right- of-way is somewhat restricted. The RAP should not be exposed to extremely high temperature as it causes pollution due to smoke emission.

COLD CENTRAL PLANT RECYCLING: This is the similar process as is the hot central plant mixing except it does not involve any heating and therefore emulsion bitumen is used binder in most of the cases. Precise control on the mixing time is important. Over-mixing may cause premature breaking of emulsified bitumen, under-mixing results in insufficient coating of aggregates. Details of scarified bitumen generated from the proposed road project and the number of Bitumen Disposal Pits (of volume 547 Cu m) required for the disposal are given in the following table. Quantity of Scarified Number of Link ID bitumen generated (Cum) Pits 48A 5,689 10

FIGURE: TYPICAL BITUMEN DISPOSAL PIT

APPENDIX – 6: NOISE BARRIERS 1. Typical Design for Noise Barriers Mitigation at the sensitive receptor locations may include posting of signs prohibiting the use of horns and, to the extent possible planting of trees serve as green noise barriers. Effect of noise can be reduced considerably by the combined effect of sound insulating walls and green barriers. Nevertheless the green barriers require at least 2-5m additional space between the solid barrier and the receptor. Proposed project mitigation actions should be cost effective and implementable when compared to the generally recommended expensive double glazed windows. 2. Sound insulating walls for silence zones The design of these barriers is proposed with a brick wall to act as sound barrier. The Hospitals, Medical centre, Schools and other Educational institutions are affected by the traffic noise. A number of schools and a few hospitals are generally observed adjacent to the road corridor.

Location of the noise barriers Length of Sl. Chainage Side Silent Receptors Noise Remarks No. (Km) Barriers (m) Lions Primary School, Kanchinagar, Away for the 1 1.100 LHS 0 Padubidri. p[roject road 2 3.400 RHS Model Higher Primary School, Nandikur. 50 Solid Noise Barrier Udupi Jilla Panchayath Higher Primary 3 5.600 LHS 120 Solid Noise Barrier School, Adavi Nandikur. Jilla Pachayath Higher Primary School, 4 7.700 LHS 65 Solid Noise Barrier Santhur Kopla 5 12.300 LHS St. Joseph School, Belmannu. 110 Solid Noise Barrier 6 12.700 LHS Primary Health Centre, Belmannu 100 Solid Noise Barrier 7 13.000 RHS Govt. PU College, Belmannu 125 Solid Noise Barrier Govt. Model Higher Primary School, 8 13.800 RHS 110 Solid Noise Barrier Nandalike. 9 14.800 RHS Govt. Lower Primary School, Kedingi halli. 65 Solid Noise Barrier Govt. Model Higher Primary School, 10 19.100 RHS 40 Solid Noise Barrier Halekatte, Kallya. NMAM Institute of Technology, Nitte. (at an At an higher 11 20.600 RHS 0 higher elevation) elevation. NRAM Govt. Model Higher Primary School, 12 21.800 RHS 70 Solid Noise Barrier Nitte. UBMC Aided Govt. Higher Primary School, 13 25.200 LHS 35 Solid Noise Barrier Duphadakatte Village. Total length 890

3. Green barriers for Silence zones These are simply a thick layer of green plantation with small leaves acting as noise attenuates. These trees may be planted just inside and adjacent to the wall. Contractors will be responsible for the implementation of the civil work. Tree plantation will be carried out by the Forest department under the tree-planting scheme of the project. The implementation aspects are provided in the EMP. In addition to the noise mitigation, the thick green belt will act as an air quality filter for vehicular emissions. A typical green barrier of 100m lengths will have 200 trees in 4 rows.

Noise mitigation techniques will be employed as may be warranted at each of the sensitive receptor sites tabulated in the above table. Definitive noise levels will be empirically determined at each site and selection of the mitigation technique shall be made on a site- specific basis in consultation with property owners. Co-ordination and implementation will be the responsibility of the Environmental officer of the construction supervision consultants (CSC). Mitigation cost has been estimated as a part of the environmental costs of the project. 15

TYPICAL SOLID NOISE BARRIER:

APPENDIX - 7: SAMPLING LOCATIONS FOR AIR, WATER, NOISE AND SOIL WITH NATIONAL STANDARDS. 1 Ambient Air Quality Standards (National) Concentration in ambient air Time-Weighted Pollutants Average Industrial Residential, Rural Sensitive Area & other Areas Area

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) Annual Avg. 80µg/m3 60µg/m3 15µg/m3 24 Hours** 120µg/m3 80µg/m3 30µg/m3

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) Annual* 80µg/m3 60µg/m3 15µg/m3 24 Hours** 120µg/m3 80µg/m3 30µg/m3 SPM Annual 360µg/m3 140µg/m3 70µg/m3 24 Hours** 500µg/m3 200µg/m3 100µg/m3 RPM (Size<10µm) Annual 120µg/m3 60µg/m3 50µg/m3 24 Hours** 150µg/m3 100µg/m3 75µg/m3 Lead (Pb) Annual 1µg/m3 0.75µg/m3 0.5µg/m3 24 Hours** 1.5µg/m3 1µg/m3 0.75µg/m3 Carbon Monoxide (CO) 8 Hours** 5mg/m3 2mg/m3 1mg/m3 1 Hour 10mg/m3 4mg/m3 2mg/m3 Source: Standards for liquid effluents, gaseous emissions, automobile exhaust, noise and Ambient Air Quality, Central Pollution Control Board,PCL/4/1995-96 * Annual Arithmetic Mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year taken twice a week 24 hourly at uniform interval ** 24 hourly/8 hourly values should be met 98% of the time in a year. However, 2% of the time, it may exceed but not on two consecutive days. 2 Water quality Standards (IS 10500: 1991) Sl SUBSTANCE/ DESIRABLE PERMISSIB REMARKS No CHARACTERISTIC LIMIT LE LIMIT 1 COLOUR, HAZEN UNITS, 5 25 Extended to 25 if toxic MAX substance are not suspected in absence of alternate sources 2 ODOUR Unobjectionabl a) Test cold and when heated e b) Test at several dilution 3 TASTE Agreeable Test to be conducted only after safety has been established 4 TURBIDITY N T U, Max 5 10 5 pH value 6.5 to 8.5 No relaxation 6 TOTAL HARDNESS (as Ca 600 600 CO3 mg/lit) 7 IRON (as Fe mg/lit, Max 0.3 1.0 8 CHLORIDES (as Cl mg/lit 250 1000 Max 9 RESIDUAL FREE 0.2 To be applicable only when CHLORINE, mg/lit Max water is chlorinated. Treated at consumer end. When protection against viral infection is required, it should be Min 0.5 mg/lit 10 DISSOLVED SOLIDS mg/l, 500 2000 Max 11 CALCIUM (as Ca) mg/l, 75 200 Max 12 COPPER (as Cu) mg/l, 0.05 1.5 Max 13 MANGANESE (Mn) mg/l 0.1 0.3 17

Sl SUBSTANCE/ DESIRABLE PERMISSIB REMARKS No CHARACTERISTIC LIMIT LE LIMIT Max 14 SULPHATE (As SO4), Max 200 400 May be extended up to 400 provided (as Mg) does not exceed 30 15 NITRATE (as No3) mg/l, 45 100 Max 16 FLUORIDE (as F) mg/l, 1.0 1.5 Max 17 PHENOLIC COMPOUNDS 0.001 0.002 (as C6H6OH) mg/l Max 18 ARSENIC (as As mg/l 0.05 No To be tested when pollution is relaxation suspected 19 LEAD (as Pb) mg/l 0.05 No relaxation 20 ANIONIC DETERGENTS 0.2 1.0 (as MBAS) mg/l 21 CHROMIUM (as Cr) mg/l 0.05 1.0 To be tested when pollution is suspected 22 MINERAL OIL mg/l 0.01 0.03 23 ALKALINITY mg/l 200 600 24 TOTAL COLIFORM 95% of the sample should not contain coliform in 100 ml. 10 coliform /100 ml 3 National Ambient Noise Standards Area Category of Limits in dB (A) Leq Code Area Day Time Night Time A Industrial area 75 70 B Commercial area 65 55 C Residential area 55 45 D Silence area 50 40 Day time shall mean from 6.00 AM to 10.00 PM and Night shall mean from 10.00PM to 6.00 AM silence zone defined as area up to 100m around premises of hospitals, educational institutions and courts. Use of vehicles horns, loud speakers and bursting of crackers are banned in these zones. The location for air, water, noise and soil quality monitoring stations have been selected depending on the impact of pollutants on sensitive pollutant receptors like major human settlements (having more than 1000 population), representativeness of the sample; baseline data monitored location, ecologically sensitive locations, etc, Number and frequency of samples to be monitored along the proposed project road are given in the following tables. Cost for monitoring has been estimated and included in the EMP BoQ. Number & frequency of air and noise samples to be monitored: Sl. Number of Air & Noise Location No. Samples & frequency 1 Belmane 3 samples /yr for 2 yrs 2 Karkala 3 samples /yr for 2 yrs 3 Construction camps/work shop area 3 samples/yr for 2 yrs 4 Labour camps 3 samples/yr for 2 yrs 5 Crusher units 3 samples/yr for 2 yrs 6 Batching plant 3 samples/yr for 2 yrs TOTAL 36 samples

Number & frequency of water samples to be monitored: Sl. Chainage Side Water sampling Number of Water

No. location Samples & frequency 1 5.000 LHS/RHS Stream 3 samples /yr for 2 yrs 2 21.500 LHS/RHS Stream 3 samples /yr for 2 yrs 4 As proposed Labour Camp 3 samples /yr for 2 yrs Total 18 Samples

Number & frequency of soil samples to be monitored: Soil samples are collected at 10 km intervals along the proposed project road including one each at Construction camp /Crusher unit and Labour camp/Batching plant at a frequency of two samples per year (pre & post monsoon) for two years. Total number of soil samples for the road link is 20. The total number of sampling locations/samples may change depending on the number of road links in a corridor/contract package and location of construction camp/work shop area, labour camp, batching plant and crusher units among the constituent links. 19

APPENDIX - 8: OIL INTERCEPTORS

Appendix : 8 OIL INTERCEPTOR

Location of Oil Interceptors has been considered such that each construction camp having refueling stations, oil and lubricants storage places will have one oil interceptor to stop & separate the floating oils. However the number of interceptors shall be increased as the situation demands or during the accidental spillages with the consent of Environmental Engineer of Construction Supervision Consultants. Provision has been made to provide one oil interceptor for each construction campsite in the EMP BoQ.

APPENDIX – 9: WORKERS SAFETY IN COMMON OPERATION AND DURING CONSTRUCTIONS HOUSE KEEPING PRACTICES 1. Maintain washrooms and canteens clean 2. Keep all walkways clear and unobstructed at all times 3. Ensure that no spillages of oil and grease occurs in the construction camp 4. Stack raw materials and finished products clear of walkways or out of roads 5. Do not leave tools on the floor or in any location where they can be easily dislodged 6. Keep windows and light fittings clean 7. Maintain the workplace floors dry and in a non-slippery condition 8. Provide and maintain proper drainage system to prevent stagnant water. 9. Use metal bins for oily and greasy rags and store all flammable materials in appropriate bins, racks or cabinets. Ensure that the meal bins for storing oily and grease rags should be covered with lids. 10. Ensure that protruding nails in boards or walls are removed or bent over so that they do not constitute an hazard to people 11. Make sure that hazardous/dangerous chemicals are kept in the stores with the appropriate labeling, display of the material-safety-data-sheet (MSDS) and other precautionary measures 12. Display ‘no smoking’ signs in areas with high fire risks such as paint stores, wood working areas, etc. SAFE LAYOUT IN THE CONSTRUCTION PLANT, CAMP AND QUARRY AREAS 1) Arrange perimeter fencing for construction plant 2) Ensure good visibility and safe access at site entrances 3) Provide adequate warning signs at the entrance and exit and where ever necessary 4) Provide adequate space/area for loading, unloading and storage of materials, plant and machinery 5) Display emergency procedure and statutory notices at conspicuous locations 6) Consider provision of welfare facilities required 7) Provide areas for dumping garbage and other waste materials, and also arrange their regular clearance and safe disposal 8) Arrange storage, transport and use of fuel, other flammable materials and explosives in lines with the license requirements to be obtained from appropriate authorities 9) Plan emergency assembly points, fire escape routes and location of fire-fighting equipment 10) Provide access roads and plant movement areas within the site. 11) Ensure the availability of first aid facilities and display notices to show the location of these facilities 12) Provide proper drainage and sewage facilities TREE FELLING  Use hard hats during tree felling works  Ensure that tools such as axes are in good condition  Determine proper foot and body position while using the axe  Wear appropriate foot protection while felling trees  Carry a first aid kit to the site  Determine possible hazards in the area, with reference to electrical or telephone or other utility lines  Determine the safest direction for the tree fall prior to felling  Determine the proper hinge size before directing the tree fall. NOISE HAZARDS AND ITS CONTROL 1) Observe the indications of noise levels 21

2) Use sound level meters to measure. If the sound level exceeds 85 dB(A), then preventive and protective measures should be taken 3) Make personnel aware of noisy areas by using suitable warning signs and insisting that ear protective devices should necessarily be worn. 4) Reduce noise at source by improved maintenance, replacing noisy machines, screening with noise absorbing material, making changes to the process/equipment, controlling machine speeds, ensuring that two noise-generating machines are not running at the same time, using cutting oils and hydraulic breakers. 5) Appoint a competent person to carryout a detailed noise assessment in the site, designate ear protection zone, and give instructions on the necessary precautionary measures to be observed by site personnel, including the use of suitable type of ear protections. 6) Wear and maintain ear muffs and ear plugs as required 7) In construction or repair works, noise should be kept to a low-level bearing in mind the disturbance to local residents. ROAD WORKS 1) The use of signage is most important to caution the road users of possible unsafe conditions due to the road works. 2) Use appropriate signage devices as required by the site conditions/situation. The devices include regulatory signs, delineators, barricades, cones, pavement markings, lanterns and traffic control lights. 3) While using signs, make sure that they are (i) simple, easy-to-understand and convey only one message, (ii) luminescent and with reflective properties and (iii) prominent and of appropriate size. 4) While using barricades, make sure that you keep traffic away form work areas and you guide the drivers to keep along a safe and alternative path. 5) Ensure that proper personal protective equipment (PPE) is provided to all the workers. 6) Cover existing road signs and install new ones at appropriate locations taking into account the distances that would be required and reaction times. 7) Plan layout and traffic management so that hazards do not occur. 8) Deploy flagmen to control traffic at the work areas. The flag should be 600mm x 600mm fastened to a 1m length staff. 9) Flagmen should wear reflective safety vests along with hard hats. 10) If required, use wireless devices for flagmen to co-ordinate form either ends of the road, where works are being carried out. ELECTRICAL HAZARDS IN CONSTRUCTION AREAS 1) Treat all wires as live wires 2) Never touch dangling wires but report them to the manager 3) Unless you are a qualified electrician do not attempt electrical repairs 4) Never use electrical equipments if your hands are wet or you are standing in water 5) If electrical equipment is sparking or smoking, turn the power off and report the condition to the supervisor 6) Never use electrical wires having physical damage 7) Never allow equipment or traffic to run over the electrical wires. USE AND STORAGE OF GAS/LPG 1) Store filled gas/LPG cylinder in an open area or outside the building 2) Transport, store, use and secure cylinders in upright position 3) Ensure proper ventilation at the ground level where the gas/LPG is in use 4) Avoid physical damage to the cylinder 5) Never weld or cut on or near the cylinder 6) Store empty cylinders secured and in upright position. 7) Make sure that the cylinder is closed immediately after use. 8) Investigate immediately if there is thea smell of LPG or gas.

9) Never use destenched gas/LPG on site. 10) Make sure that there is no fire in the vicinity of the cylinder. OPERATION OF EXCAVATORS 1) Ensure that excavators are operated by authorized persons who have adequately trained. 2) Prevent unauthorized movement or use of excavators 3) Check regularly and maintain the machine thoroughly 4) Ensure that all relevant information, including those related to instruction, training, supervision and safe system of work are provided to the operators. 5) Ensure that the operation and maintenance manuals, manufacturer’s specifications, inspection and maintenance log books are provided for the use of machines to service engineers or other safety personnel during periodic maintenance, inspection and examination. 6) During tipping or running along the trenches, excavators must be provided with stop blocks. 7) Excavators must be rested on firm ground during operation. 8) Avoid operating the machine too close to an overhand, deep ditch or slope. 9) Locate and identify underground utility services by checking with all utility companies before the excavations. 10) Ensure that all excavations are supervised by experienced and competent persons. 11) When reversing or in case the operator’s view is restricted, adequate supervision and signaling should be provided. 12) Ensure that the type and capacity of the excavator are properly chosen for the intended purposes and site conditions. Never use a machine for any purposes other than it is designed for. 13) Check and report for excessive wear and any breakage of the bucket, blade, edge, tooth and other working tools of the excavator. 14) Check that all linkages/hinges are properly lubricated and ensure that the linkage pins are secured. Never use the improper linkage pins. 15) Never get down or climb a moving machine 16) Ensure adequate ventilation and lighting in the working place. 17) Ensure that the protective front screen of the driving cabin is fixed in position during excavations to avoid eye injury to the operator. 18) Ensure to switch-off the unattended vehicle. OPERATION OF TRUCKS AND DUMPERS 1) Ensure that only trained, authorized and licensed drivers operate the vehicles. 2) Provide the help of another worker before reversing the vehicle. 3) Switch-off the engine of an unattended vehicle. 4) Lower the tipping bodies when the machine is unattended, but if it is necessary to leave them in the raised position they should be blocked to prevent their fall. 5) Wear safety boots or shoes to avoid injuries during loading and unloading. 6) Carryout periodic servicing to the manufacturer’s requirements. All records of maintenance and repairs should be in writing and kept in the site. 7) Keep the vehicle tidy and its cabin free from tools and materials which might obstruct the controls. 8) Do not exceed speed limits. 9) No passenger should be carried on a dumper except the driver 10) Never drive the vehicle across a slope 11) Provide stop blocks when the vehicle is tipping into or running towards excavations 12) Do not overload the vehicle. 13) Carry only well secured loads. 14) Park only on level ground, in neutral with the parking brake applied. 15) Never climb or get down from a moving vehicle. GAS WELDING 23

1) Use the following personal protective equipment during welding  Face or hand shield fitted with filters,  Goggles, particularly while chipping slag,  Gloves long enough to protect wrists and forearms against heats, molten metal and radiation,  High-top boots to prevent sparks from burning foot. 2) Screen the work area with sturdy opaque or translucent materials as glare can cause eye injury. 3) Key for opening the acetylene cylinder valve must be kept ready while the cylinder is in use so that the cylinder valve may be immediately shut-off in an emergency. 4) Ventilate the workplace using air blowers and exhaust fans to remove poisonous fumes and gases that are being used during welding 5) Take precautions against flying spark and hot slag where welding is being done near flammable materials and check the area before leaving. 6) Do not weld the material degreased with solvents until it is completely dry. 7) Do not use gas cylinders for supporting work or as rollers. 8) Do not use oil/grease on oxygen cylinder fittings. 9) Do not use cylinders with damaged valves. 10) Do not use too much force if valves are stuck. 11) Replace valve caps after use 12) Search for leaks in equipment by using a solution of soap water. 13) Shut the cylinder valve if acetylene from a cylinder catches fire at the valve or regulator due to leakage at a connection. 14) Treat all gas cylinders as “full” unless you are sure otherwise. 15) Never attempt to transfer acetylene from one cylinder to another or attempt to refill an acetylene cylinder. 16) Keep portable fire extinguishers near the welding area 17) Secure all cylinders against accidental displacement. 18) Always lift gas cylinders. Do not slide them along the ground or drop them from trucks. 19) Keep gas cylinders in vertical position both in store and when it is in use. 20) Keep the work place dry, secure, free from combustible materials and obstruction. 21) Store the acetylene and oxygen cylinders separately and in a proper store. 22) Keep the gas cylinders away from source of heat, flammable materials, corrosive chemicals and fumes. MANUAL HANDLING AND LIFTING 1) Use mechanical equipment in place of manual handling as far as possible. 2) Assess the manpower required to handle or lift the load safely and arrange the manpower accordingly. 3) While handling hazardous materials, the workers shall be informed of the hazards and safety precautions. 4) All relevant persons shall be trained on proper methods of lifting and carrying. 5) Where team work is required, select the persons whose ages and physical builds are compatible for teaming up. Coordinate the actions of the team members by giving necessary instructions. 6) Always lighten or suitably shape the load for manual handling. As far as possible keep a look for splinters, sharp edges, loose banding and nails. 7) Clear path or obstruction and tripping hazards. 8) Stack and secure goods safely on trucks, otherwise they fall off and injure passers-by. 9) Use personal protective equipment such as gloves, safety shoes, etc. 10) Adopt the following procedure when you lift a load. Stand close to the object, have a firm footing with feet spread on either side of the road. Bend the knees and keep your back as straight as you can. Grasp object firmly & be sure grip will not slip Breathe in and throw the shoulder back wards. Straighten the legs, continuing to keep the back as straight as you can.

Hold the object firmly & close to the body Always lift smoothly, avoid jerky motions and turn with feet instead of twisting the back. FIRST AID 1) Provide first aid boxes at every site. 2) Ensure that training on the use of first aid box is provided to a handful of staff working in the site. 3) Display the list of persons who are trained on providing first aid. 4) Ensure that every first aid box is marked plainly “First Aid” in English and local language. 5) The responsible person or first aider should replenish the contents of the first aid box as necessary. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT List of personal protective equipment (PPE) Sl. No. Part of the body Personal protective Equipment 1 Eye Safety glasses, Goggles 2 Face Face shields 3 Nose Nose masks 4 Head Helmets 5 Feet Safety shoes 6 Hands and Arms Gloves 7 Body Vests 8 Hearing Earplugs, Earmuffs Cost of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE): Cost of Personal Protective Equipment per person per project has been considered based on the assumption that one person/labour requires two set of PPE till the completion of the project. Cost per set of PPE is taken as Rs. 750 on an average for EMP BoQ estimate. So cost / person / project will be Rs. 1500.00 General: 1) Ensure that sufficient personal protective equipment are provided and that they are readily available for every person who may need to use them. 2) The management should ensure that all persons make full and proper use of the personal protective equipment provided. 3) Provide instruction and training on the proper use and care of protective equipment. 4) Do not willfully misuse, interfere with or ill-treat any protective clothing and equipment provided. 5) Ensure that the personal protective equipments are in good condition. Report immediately any damage to the management for replacement. Always keep the personal protective equipment as clean as possible. Eye Protection 1) Issue eye protection equipment where there is a foreseeable risk of eye injury. 2) Ensure an adequate supply of goggles/shields is available. 3) Keep the goggles clean and make sure they fit well. 4) Do not watch welding operations unless your eyes are protected. Head Protection 1) No person shall enter a construction site unless he is wearing a suitable safety helmet 2) Wear a safety helmet:  When there is the risk of being hit by falling objects  While on or near a construction site  During adverse weather conditions  When in any area designated as a “hard hat” area. 3) Provide identification labels to all helmets in some way to prevent random exchange among wearers, with one helmet exclusive to each person. 25

4) Inspect helmets for cracks, sign of impact or rough treatment before each usage and replace defective or damaged helmets. Hearing Protection 1) Provide ear plugs or ear muffs as required. Use re-usable ear plugs when the reduction required (15-25 dB (A) is not excessive. Use ear muffs where a large attenuation of up to 40 dB (A) is demanded. 2) Do not use dry cotton wool for hearing protection because it cannot provide protection. 3) Provide disposable ear plugs for infrequent visitors and ensure that they are never reused. 4) Provide re-usable ear plugs for those who need to work continuously for a long period in a high noise area. 5) Use ear muffs with replaceable ear cushions because they deteriorate with age or may be damaged in use. 6) Avoid wearing spectacles with ear muffs. 7) Use soap and water or the recommended solvent for cleaning ear muffs. 8) Provide ear muffs for those who may need to get in and out of a high noise area frequently. RESPITATORY PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT 1) Wear suitable respirable mask for protection against small particles entering the lungs, e.g. while emptying of cement bags. 2) Provide training to all persons using the respirators for their correct fitting, use, limitations and symptoms of exposure. 3) Clean and inspect all respirators before and after use. 4) Store respirators properly when it is not in use. Safety Footwear 1) Wear suitable footwear while working. 2) Use safety footwear on site or in dangerous areas. 3) Wear suitable safety shoes or ankle boots when working where there is a high risk of foot injuries from slippery or uneven ground, etc. 4) All Safety footwear including safety shoes, ankle boots and rubber boots should be fitted with steel toecaps. 5) Avoid wearing flip flops, high heeled shoes, slippers, light sport shoes in situations where there is a risk of foot injury. 6) Keep shoe lace knots tight. Hand Protection 1) Wear suitable gloves for activities such as welding & cutting and manual handling of materials & equipment. 2) Do not wear gloves where there is a risk of them becoming entangled in moving parts of machinery. 3) Wash hands properly with disinfectant soap before eating & drinking. Wash hands immediately after each operation on site & when the situation warrants. FIRE PREVENTION, FIGHTING AND EQUIPMENT Before fire breaks out 1) Store flammable material in proper areas having adequate fire protection systems. 2) Display sufficient warning signs. 3) Train selected personnel to use these fire extinguishers. 4) Inspect fire extinguishers regularly and replace as necessary. 5) Fire escape route should be kept clear at all times and clearly indicated. 6) Know the escape route and assembly point. 7) Display escape route maps prominently at prominent places. 8) Carryout fire drill regularly. Designate fire Officers.

9) Install fire alarm wherever required and test regularly. 10) Provide sufficient exit signs at prominent locations for directing people to the escape route. When fire breaks out 1) Alert all persons. 2) Put off the fire with appropriate fire extinguishers when you are sure that you are safe to do so. 3) Escape if you are in danger through the fire escape route to assembly point. 4) Fire officers should carryout head count at the assembly point.

GUIDELINES FOR WORKERS SAFETY DURING CONSTRUCTION Sl. Stage and Nature of construction Safety measures expected to be taken by the no. Hazard contractors and site Engineers 1 Excavation in soft, loose & slushy soil The Excavation beyond 1.5m to 2m to be done in above 2m depths sliding of earth or steps of minimum 500mm offsets and also planking collapsing of sides. and strutting should be done. 2 Excavation in slippery area (water Try to dewater the area and spread minimum logged) -the labour may fall or 150mm thick sand layer to avoid slipping machinery on site may slip. 3 Excavation in rock where chiseling For hammer work, only experienced and skilled involved – The fall of hammer may labour should be employed. Chisel should not be injure the hand, small rock pieces may allowed to be held by hand, while hammering but injure the eyes and legs. chisel holding clamp should be provided. The labour should be provided with goggles and leg cover to protect eyes and legs, from injuries due to small rock pieces. 4 Excavation in Rock where blasting is The work of blasting should be entrusted to only involved – careless handling may lead experienced persons. Provide sufficient length of to injury to worker or a passerby. fuse to give ample margin of time from the time of lighting to the time of explosion. A danger zone at least 180m diameter is to be flagged off 10 minutes before actual firing. All workmen should be sent way from danger zone except the firing man, who should be provided with a whistle. 5 Excavation for drain across road or The area should be well barricaded & a red lamp manhole adjacent to a road – chances provided at night. A watchman should be deputed of a passer by falling into the excavated to prevent any movement of persons or vehicles. portion. 6 Centring and scaffolding – formwork Many a times ballies joined together give way due collapse while concreting or just before to weak joint. Hence the use of joined ballies concreting or just before concreting should be restricted. Only 2 joined ballies out of 8 especially when wooden ballies are ballies should be allowed. Incase of double staging used. for a slab at a height, utmost care should be taken to see that the top balli rests on the bottom balli. Particular care that should be taken during each concreting, operating of slabs and beams is that one carpenter and two helpers with spare ballies, nails etc. should be deputed below the slab/beam that is being concreted to watch any disturbance in the supports of the form-work below, during concreting and in case of any doubt concreting should be stopped immediately and the form work to be strengthened. Never allow bricks below a balli to make up the required height. This is most dangerous. 7 Form- work for beams and slabs – In fact, this is a most dangerous work. One should 27

Sl. Stage and Nature of construction Safety measures expected to be taken by the no. Hazard contractors and site Engineers opening the form – work accident due to be very careful while formwork is removed. Only fall of materials during removing the trained carpenters should be deputed for the work. forms. A safe resting place outside the area of slab as a temporary measure should be constructed from where the slab can be removed safely. Removal of form-work during night should not be permitted under any circumstances. 8 Scaffolding – Fall of work–man, This is a very common negligence on the part of supervision staff, standing on challis not labour who do scaffolding work. The Challis on tied properly or toed only at one end. which they work either span over its complete (Challis mainly made of Bamboos) length or is tied loosely and many a times at one end only. Hence, care must be taken that the challis do not span over the full length but some middle support should be provided and also the same is tied properly on both ends. 9 Ladders - Balli or bamboo ladders – The The ladders should be strong enough to bear the horizontal member breaks and the weight of a labour with materials on head. As for as person falls. Some times the top face possible a hand rail should be provided at one end. just rests on wall and the whole ladder The horizontal member should be preferably fixed tilts causing an accident. with bolt & nuts or strong nails. When the ladder is placed across a wall the top portion should be tied firmly to a strong support so that the ladder does not move laterally. 10 Dismantling – Dismantled materials may When work of demolition is to be taken up the area fall on passer by or the person engaged should be closed for all outsiders. No one should in dismantling work may fall due to be allowed up to 50m from the place of demolition. slipping. The dismantled materials may The workers engaged in demolition should be fall on persons working below. asked to wear safety belts. Helmets must be worn by all the workers engaged in dismantling work. The place should be strictly guarded at night with red lights at prominent places, and watchman should be posted. 11 Electrical connections/ cables etc., - HT The work in such places should not be allowed to / LT electric wire passing near the slab the workers themselves, but in such position the structure – while bending, lifting or tying work must be executed under the strict supervision reinforcements the bar benders may of a responsible Foreman or a Supervisor. sustain the electric shock, causing fatal injury. 12 Electric- connections/cables, etc., - Before taking up the work all available drawings cables below ground may get punctured should be studied, local enquiry to be made to during excavation & thus electrocute the know the position of cables and work in such area labour working. Similarly when should be got executed under strict supervision of connecting is in progress the punctured an experienced Foreman or a supervisor. cable may prone to be fatal to the labour. 13 Electric connections/cables etc.,- The Electric wires should be maintained by an Temporary Electric lines near damp electrician who should regularly check up the walls, near joinery stretched on a insulation of wires especially placed near steel considerable length – There is every items & damp areas. chance that the wire may get cut due to The temporary wiring should be supported properly. usage and may develop short As far as possible a good quality wire should be circuits/leakages etc., and may used which may not get damaged easily. electrocute the person touching the wire accidentally. 14 Electric and gas welding work – Drilling, All wiring works to be inspected by experienced polishing work – Done by temporary electrician. All wires to be properly insulated and cables used on a number of works – fixed at height on temporary poles. No welding Due to the fact that the wires are old & work should be permitted near damp area. The when they come in contact with water welders to be provided with welder’s goggles &

Sl. Stage and Nature of construction Safety measures expected to be taken by the no. Hazard contractors and site Engineers even in the process of curing the gloves. As far as possible machine in good surrounding area may get affected due condition should be used. to leakage in the electric current thus causing damage to the workers & supervision staff. 15 Construction machinery – Concrete The Mixers with hopper should be operated by an mixers – Safety precautions. A mixer experienced mixer operator and such mixers with hopper tried to be operated by an should not be allowed to be handled by a helper or helper could not release brake in time a labour. thus causing injury to the person near hopper – some times fatal one. 16 Water storage Tank for general use & The water tanks constructed on site should be curing - chances of children of workers protected by at least 1.0m high walls on four sides, falling in the tank with fatal accident. so that the children do not fall. 17 Site cleaning – Cleaning top floors of This dangerous practice should not be allowed at buildings – Upper portion of any all. The materials should be brought to the ground structure – throwing waste materials with the help of lift or the use of rope over pulley broken concrete pieces, brick bats, sand with a bucket, thus bringing down materials safely. etc., straightway fro top to ground injuring person below or even a passerby. 18 Bar bending work – Helpers of bar This is a very bad practice. The helpers should benders to follow short cut method, bring the rods to ground with help of lift or rope & throw surplus steel pieces from top pulley. floors to ground and may cause fatal injuries.

APPENDIX - 10: TREE PLANTATION STRATEGY 1. Introduction This is the most common impact of any road-widening project. If the location of the project road is in dry areas, the degree of impact is more than in a wet area where the trees can be planted and grown easily. In the case of Karnataka considerably less vegetation exists in the Project Implementation Area. The scopes for tree planting along roads sides is good and also there are many isolated patches of unutilized land along the project road. A typical plantation scheme proposed for two lane road in plains with shoulders at the rate of 200 plants per km length. Avenue Plantation: It is proposed to plant 100 trees per kilometer on each side of the trees. The number of trees proposed to be planted (Avenue plantation) along the road length on both sides of the road is given as follows. Cor. ID Description of corridor Length (km) No of Avenue trees 48A Padubidri - Karkala 27.82 5564 Median Plantation: No median plantation is proposed as there is no proposed cross section having median. 2. Purpose of tree plantation The objectives of planting trees and shrubs at selected enhancement sites against the felled trees are as follows.  To reduce the impacts of air and dust pollution and act as a natural filter to traffic emissions  To provide shade for the traffic as well as the pedestrians  To reduce the impact of vehicular noise caused by vehicles  To arrest soil erosion on slopes  Beautification of sites by planting selective ornamental shrubs, landscaping and turfing with grasses.  Planting trees on the roadsides is to produce a softer greener landscape.  To act as a natural filter to the traffic emissions 3. Impacted Trees 3.1 Public owned trees These are trees within the legal ROW of project road within the control of PWD. All these trees with in the forest reserves are also termed as public trees. However the procedure for cutting of these trees is different from the normal trees within the PWD ROW. 3.2 Private owned trees The number of private owned trees to be acquired outside the right of way will be high compared to the public trees within the right of way. The private trees that will be affected during widening and improvement will be subjected to compensation at the appropriate market rates. In addition to this the project will plant two trees for every tree removed as a compensatory tree planting measure irrespective of the size, species etc. Number of impacted trees due to proposed road: Link Girth (30cm Girth (>60cm Girth (>90cm Girth Link Description Total ID –60 cm) - 90cm) - 180cm) (>180cm)

48A Padubidri - Karkala 986 684 336 331 2337 Total numbers of impacted trees along the project road are 1888 nos. Therefore at least minimum of 3776 no. of trees shall be require to be planted under compensatory tree planting as per the Forest Conservation Act, 1980. 4. Selection of trees species The selection of the plants for greenery development is to be made as per the following criteria;  Plants should be fast growing & have dense canopy cover  Preferably Dry deciduous with large leaf area index  Indigenous species  Species resistant to air pollutants and  Should help to maintain the ecological and hydrological balance of the region The plant species that are selected based on the climatic condition, soil characteristics and conditions of the area. The row closest to the main carriage way will be of shade plants. Similarly, subsequent rows will comprise of ornamental and flowering species. Mainly native deciduous species, which retain their foliage longest, with high crown forms, resistant to fungus and insects with rapid growth rate are selected for avenues. Lists of the species recommended as shade plants and most recommended trees for planting along the roadsides are provided in the following table. Table: Trees recommended for planting Sl. Main Species No. 1 Banyan 2 Pipal 3 Arjun 4 Mango 5 Jamun 6 Tamarind 7 Jakranda 8 Neem 9 Kheia 10 Peakcock tree 11 Gulmour 12 Jack Fruit

5. Compensatory Tree plantation programme All trees are cut and removed will be accountable as per the Forest laws and efforts will be maintained to plant minimum of two times the number of trees cut according to this tree plantation strategy. Indigenous species of trees recommended above are most suited for the tree plantations. In order to make it tourist friendly and beautiful same types of trees would be planted in the same location so that for every Kilometer the trees would change to new species. 6. Tree planting during construction 6.1 Tree planting along the roadsides Tree plantation will be the responsibility of the Forest department. Necessary budget has been allocated in the EMP. 31

6.2 Tree planting along Oxbow lands In some areas, the improvement of roads will result in the formation of ‘oxbow lands’ all along the roads due to suitable curve improvements and realignments. The oxbow lands are the existing roads where the road realignments are proposed. This is similar to the Oxbow Lakes formed during the evolution of rivers hence the name for easier identification for environmental management. The importance of the proper management of these oxbow lands is there for an unavoidable outcome of the project. Tree planting all along these oxbow lands could be very useful for the environmental enhancement of the region. This will help positively for tourism industry. The oxbow lands along the corridors are available as described in the Environmental management plan for individual corridors. 7 Protection Measures The protection measures are as follows. 7.1 Barbed wire Fencing Barbed wire fencing around the plantation area will be provided to protect the plants. Iron Angles will be fixed at a spacing of 5m with 3-stand stretched barbed wire. 7.2 Precautionary Measures  Plantation will be made in the monsoon months (July-August)  The height of the plants should not be less than 30 cm and should be supplied in polythene bags which are not to be removed until the moment of planting  All plants supplied must be planted within three days of removal from the nursery  Arrangements must be made to water in case of insufficient rains after planting  Provide compost/manure suggested quantity for each pit before plantation 7.2.1 Shrubs Prior to planting it is suggested to remove all loose debris, fill up with good soil and level the area. To ensure better growth and survival of grasses and shrubs, the surface should have sufficient layer of good quality soil (up to 45 cm). Shrubs which are suggested for the roadside and open area spaces where available should be selected from the following and agreed with the Environmental Specialist of the construction supervision consultants. Shrubs: 1 Bougainville 2 Nerium odorum ait 3 Carissa spinarum 4 Capparis decidua 5 Capparis zeylanica 6 Zizyphus nummularia 7 Artemisia species 8 Xanthium strumarium 9 Cassia tora 10 Capsicum fruitescens 11 Tabernaemontana coronaria 12 Achyranthes aspera The contractor will be responsible for planting of shrubs at enhancement sites and along bridge approaches during construction phase. 7.2.2 Turfing with grasses The contractor will be responsible for turfing at enhancement sites and along bridge approaches during construction phase.

The cost for the turfing along the bridge approaches and high embankments are part of the civil construction contract. Grass lines are used to provide a strong surface cover at the slope but it also needs a well – prepared surface. If grass is to be effective, then it must be allowed to establish property on a slope, which is not subject to undue stress from erosion and mass movement in its stages. To ensure this the following measures are suggested for the grass turfing.  A cover of 25 grams of grass seeds per Sq. m of surface will be prepared.  Bed will be prepared in June. The seed sowing must be carried out before the onset of monsoon so that they yield desired results. Till the onset of the monsoon, watering of the surface to be done by tankers with controlled flow sprinklers.  After sowing, mulch of prepared and dried out herbs will be laid over the whole seeded area in a thin layer so that the direct sunlight and transpiration loss may not affect the grasses  The grass species recommended for median are khabbal, Dhaula, Palwan, Sariala and Kahi. Contractor will ensure that the condition of the site is good enough for the successful establishment of grasses and quality of grass seeds used. 8 Tree plantation costs The plantation cost has been included in the bill of quantity (BOQ) under the non-civil contracts and provided in section EMP BoQ A tree- planting strategy is being developed which will meet all compensatory tree planting that will be cut during the improvement of the roads including private trees. The cost provisions have been included in the EMP BOQ. 9 Maintenance of trees planted The trees planted once will be maintained at least for a period of six years. A programme of compensatory afforestation has been proposed, not only to replace the trees, which are cut to accommodate road widening and improvements in geometric design, but also to upgrade the condition of adjacent areas. Trees will be replanted at a rate of two for each one removed depending upon the location. Tree felling in other sites such as borrow areas – shall be accommodated by the contractor in the borrow area management plan.

APPENDIX – 11: ENHANCEMENT MEASURES

Enhance measures include  Plantation of trees along the length of the proposed roads wherever enough space available within RoW.  Enhancement by tree planting along the oxbow land and the other left over portions of the original PWD land.  Cultural property enhancement as a part of the cultural property rehabilitation plan.  Public amenities such as bus lay byes (new), rain shelters (in addition to the compensatory rain shelters for the impacted ones), comfort stations (toilets) and parking areas.  To improve the water table in this region recharge pits are constructed wherever feasible along the project road.  Median plantation in urban location.  Pond and catchment area improvements to protect ground water and harvest rain water  Information boards for the tourists, pilgrimage and other important structures of importance.

1.1 List of Enhancement sites a) Archaeological sites None identified along this road. b) Valley view location None identified along this project road. c) Proposed Bus bays & Parking areas Bus bays & Parking areas proposed in the project roads. d) Pond enhancement There are a few streams along the project road. There is also a minor river Swarna in the influence zone of subproject road. There are no ponds, lakes and other major water bodies except a few small streams along the proposed project road. Recharge pits and silt fences will be taken up to enhance ground water and conserve water bodies. e) Oxbow land and other left over land There are oxbow land spaces at realignment locations along the proposed road and where ever width of CoI is less than width of the RoW, the space available along the sides of the project road can be utilized for tree plantation. Provision for enhancement of 1 hectare land available within RoW or free spaces available has been made in the EMP BoQ.

APPENDIX - 12: FORMATS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING EMS 1: Construction camp/ plant site management plan Sl. Description Compliance No. 1 Name of the location 2 Nearest road chainage 3 Name of the owner 4 Area involved 5 Arrangements with the owner (agreement with land owner, including the restoration aspects, should be attached as an Annexure) 6 Existing land use 7 Photographs depicting the present condition of the construction camp and access road 8 Land use of the area surrounding the borrow area including a map 9 Site layout plan of the construction camp 10 Establishment and maintenance of demarcated and labeled different areas within the camp 11 Number of trees to be removed, if any, along with compensation measures 12 Proposed top soil management 13 Activities planned in the construction camp 14 Machinery & equipment to be used on site 15 Labour camp facilities onsite 16 Health facilities 17 Site drainage provisions 18 Copy of the consents to establish and operate should be attached as an Annexure 19 Conditions laid down in the clearance/ licenses and plans 20 Staff strength and details such as contractor staff v/s sub contractors, women labour, migrant v/s local labour and skilled& unskilled labour 21 Access road condition and proposed maintenance 22 Safety provision such as fire protection equipment and personal protective measure. 23 Closure/ completion plan

Submitted Checked Approved

Signature ………… Signature ………… Signature …………

Name ………….. Name ………….. Name …………..

Designation …….. Designation …….. Designation ……..

Contractor Environmental Engineer (CSC) Executive Engineer (PWD)

EMS 1A: Closure plan construction camp and/plant site Sl. no. Description Compliance 1 Name/ Identity of location 2 Distance from the project road and site 3 Name of the owner 4 Details of the land i) Survey number ii) Boundaries iii) Other Revenue details 5 Details of settlements, sensitive areas, water bodies, wells and bore wells with in 500m i) Population in numbers ii) Name of the village iii) Distance from the construction camp iv) Details of water bodies/ sensitive areas/wells/bore wells 6 Physical details i) Number of labour stationed ii) Number of dwellings constructed iii) Number of toilets provided iv) Were dwellings demolished and cleared v) Was the waste water treatment facilities demolished and cleaned vi) Was the solid waste generated cleared and disposed of properly; if yes specify the location and quantity. vii) Whether any soil was contaminated with oils and waste oils was cleared and disposed safely, if yes specify the location and quantity. viii) Was scrap generated while the construction removed, if yes specify the details such as where, when, to whom and quantity 7 Land use before establishment proposed user after completion of works

Submitted Checked Approved

Signature ………… Signature ………… Signature …………

Name ………….. Name ………….. Name …………..

Designation …….. Designation …….. Designation ……..

Contractor Environmental Engineer (CSC) Executive Engineer (PWD)

EMS 2: Borrow Area Management plan Sl. No. Description Compliance 1 Name / Identity of location 2 Nearest project road chainage 3 Name of the owner 4 Area involved /capacity/ quantity 5 Type of material proposed to be taken 6 Arrangement with the owner including restoration aspect 7 Existing land use 8 Land use of the area surrounding the proposed area 9 A map of the area 10 Number of trees to be removed, if any along with the compensation measure 11 Top soil management if required 12 Access road condition and proposed maintenance 13 Photograph depicting the present condition of the proposed area and access 14 Closure/Completion plan EMS 2A

Submitted Checked Approved

Signature ………… Signature ………… Signature …………

Name ………….. Name ………….. Name …………..

Designation …….. Designation …….. Designation ……..

Contractor Environmental Engineer (CSC) Executive Engineer (PWD)

EMS 2A: Closure plan for borrow area Sl. No. Description Compliance 1 Name / Identity of location 2 Nearest project chainage, distance from the project road and side 3 Name of the owner 4 Details of the land i) Survey number ii) Boundaries iii) Other Revenue details 5 Details of settlements, sensitive areas, water bodies within 500m i) Population in numbers ii) Name of the village iii) Distance from the borrow area iv) Details of water bodies/ sensitive areas/wells/bore wells 6 Physical details Length and width in meters Depth excavated in meters, Quantity excavated in Cum. Type of materials excavated 7 Land use before opening, proposed use, before opening details of surroundings 8 Drawing showing the dimension of the borrow areas, access roads and Appendix -1 features of surrounding 9 Number of trees removed (girth>300mm) if any along with the compensation measure 10 Details of top soil Quantity excavated in Cum Where was it used 11 Initial access road condition and final access road condition 12 Photographs depicting the original condition, during the operation, top Appendix -2 soil management, and after closure 13 Copy of the agreement with the Owner, Details of the agreed Appendix -3 redevelopment if any 14 Land use after rehabilitation, Details should be submitted if the final land use changed from the original land use 15 Satisfaction certificate from the owner Appendix -4 16 Details of the practical problems faced and solutions adopted, if any during the operation phase

Submitted Checked Approved

Signature ………… Signature ………… Signature …………

Name ………….. Name ………….. Name …………..

Designation …….. Designation …….. Designation ……..

Contractor Environmental Engineer (CSC) Executive Engineer (PWD)

EMS 3: Construction camp / Plant and Environmental Management Sl. Status No. 1.2 Issue Camp -1 Camp - 2 1 Drainage system 1.Closed Drainage 2 Disposal of waste water i. Kitchen waste water ii. Waste water from water closets iii. Wastewater from bathrooms iv. Wastewater from the vehicular washings. 3 Collection and Disposal of solid waste i. Waste from the office ii. waste from the Kitchen iii. waste from sweeping 4 Drinking water facility Source with quantity No of bore wells with capacity Location of the well and bore well Any treatment facility, No of overhead tanks, Test results of the Drinking water Any license obtained 5 First Aid Facility 6 Roads in camp Site Type of Road Dust suppression practicing or not, if roads are not tarred, condition of the road. 7 Fuel storage i. Impervious Base ii. spills and wastewater will be collected in a sump iii. Number of drums where wastes are collected. iv. Number of drums disposed 8 Garbage & night soil i. Provision of garbage ii. Separation of polythene materials iii. Records of solid waste removal from septic tanks

Submitted Checked Approved

Signature ………… Signature ………… Signature …………

Name ………….. Name ………….. Name …………..

Designation …….. Designation …….. Designation ……..

Contractor Environmental Engineer (CSC) Executive Engineer (PWD)

EMS 4: Soil Management Sl. Quantity in Whether preserved in accordance with 1.3 Chainage Remarks No. in km Cum specifications

Submitted Checked Approved

Signature ………… Signature ………… Signature …………

Name ………….. Name ………….. Name …………..

Designation …….. Designation …….. Designation ……..

Contractor Environmental Engineer (CSC) Executive Engineer (PWD)

EMS 5: Construction plants and pollution control Sl. Construction Description of pollution control 1.4 Locati Capacity Remarks No. plant ons system / Equipment 1 2 3 4 5

Submitted Checked Approved

Signature ………… Signature ………… Signature …………

Name ………….. Name ………….. Name …………..

Designation …….. Designation …….. Designation ……..

Contractor Environmental Engineer (CSC) Executive Engineer (PWD)

EMS 6: Machinery / Vehicles and pollution Control Machinery/ Diesel Engine oil PUC certificate, Sl. Machinery Vehicles with consumed consumed Number and Remarks No. new/old capacity per month per month Validity 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Submitted Checked Approved

Signature ………… Signature ………… Signature …………

Name ………….. Name ………….. Name …………..

Designation …….. Designation …….. Designation ……..

Contractor Environmental Engineer (CSC) Executive Engineer (PWD)

EMS 7: Details of the DG sets with the pollution control equipment Capacity in Vertical stack if provided Noise control Sl. no. Remarks KVA height (in m) system Camp -I

Camp - II

Crusher -I

Plant Site - I

Construction works

Submitted Checked Approved

Signature ………… Signature ………… Signature …………

Name ………….. Name ………….. Name …………..

Designation …….. Designation …….. Designation ……..

Contractor Environmental Engineer (CSC) Executive Engineer (PWD)

EMS 8: Details of oil storage Number Capacity of Increase / Stored on Sl. Type of Location of barrels in Decease in impervious Remarks No. Product Barrels Liters Storage base (Yes/No) 1 2 3 4 5

Submitted Checked Approved

Signature ………… Signature ………… Signature …………

Name ………….. Name ………….. Name …………..

Designation …….. Designation …….. Designation ……..

Contractor Environmental Engineer (CSC) Executive Engineer (PWD)

EMS 9: Working at water course and pollution control measures Sl.No. Location Type Stream/canal Diversion Silt Fencing Remarks

Submitted Checked Approved

Signature ………… Signature ………… Signature …………

Name ………….. Name ………….. Name …………..

Designation …….. Designation …….. Designation ……..

Contractor Environmental Engineer (CSC) Executive Engineer (PWD)

EMS 10: Details of the ground water Extraction Capacity Quantity of water drawn in Kilo Ground Water Type of Sl. of Motor Liters Dept. permission source Location no. Installed During the Up to end of Total in HP month last month 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Submitted Checked Approved

Signature ………… Signature ………… Signature …………

Name ………….. Name ………….. Name …………..

Designation …….. Designation …….. Designation ……..

Contractor Environmental Engineer (CSC) Executive Engineer (PWD)

EMS 11: Personal protective Equipments Sl. Details of Total Distributed Available in Remarks No. Equipment Numbers in No. store in No. procured 1 Helmets 2 Safety shoe 3 Ear plugs 4 Nose masks 5 Hand Gloves 6 Goggles 7 Safety Belts 8 Reflective jackets 9 Gum boots

Submitted Checked Approved

Signature ………… Signature ………… Signature …………

Name ………….. Name ………….. Name …………..

Designation …….. Designation …….. Designation ……..

Contractor Environmental Engineer (CSC) Executive Engineer (PWD)

EMS 12: Status of consents and permissions Plant Consent Number / Status Validity Date Remarks Hot Mix Plants Crusher Batching plant WMM Plant Crusher at Dalla Diesel pump – I Labour license

Submitted Checked Approved

Signature ………… Signature ………… Signature …………

Name ………….. Name ………….. Name …………..

Designation …….. Designation …….. Designation ……..

Contractor Environmental Engineer (CSC) Executive Engineer (PWD)

EMS 13: Deviations with corrective actions Sl.No. Deviation Corrective Actions Schedule

Submitted Checked Approved

Signature ………… Signature ………… Signature …………

Name ………….. Name ………….. Name …………..

Designation …….. Designation …….. Designation ……..

Contractor Environmental Engineer (CSC) Executive Engineer (PWD)

EMS 14: Details of tree and shrubs plantation Planted Trees/ Sl. Location/ Chainage Survival rate Shrubs (in No.) No. in km in % 1.5 Remarks Trees Shrubs

Submitted Checked Approved

Signature ………… Signature ………… Signature …………

Name ………….. Name ………….. Name …………..

Designation …….. Designation …….. Designation ……..

Contractor Environmental Engineer (CSC) Executive Engineer (PWD)

EMS 15: Plantation of Grass Sl. Area of grass Survival at 6 months Location / Chainage Remarks No. planted interval

Submitted Checked Approved

Signature ………… Signature ………… Signature …………

Name ………….. Name ………….. Name …………..

Designation …….. Designation …….. Designation ……..

Contractor Environmental Engineer (CSC) Executive Engineer (PWD)

EMS 16: Implementation of Enhancement Measures Progress of completion Type of Side of the Road Actual Reasons of Sl. no. Enhancement (RHS/LHS) Target date completion delay if date any

Submitted Checked Approved

Signature ………… Signature ………… Signature …………

Name ………….. Name ………….. Name …………..

Designation …….. Designation …….. Designation ……..

Contractor Environmental Engineer (CSC) Executive Engineer (PWD) 45

EMS 17: Identification of disposal site locations (To be filled by the contractor) Name of Contractor: Link No: (Give chainages and nearest settlements from both ends) Sl. Criteria on which information for each Site 1 Site 2 Site 3 Site 4 No. site is to be collected 1 Existing Land use 2 Area covered (Sq. m) 3 Total Material that can be dumped within the site (Cum) 4 Depth to which dumping is feasible (m) 5 Distance of nearest water course (m) 6 Nearest settlement (m) 7 Date/s of community consultation/s 8 Whether the community is agreeable to siting of dumping site (Y/N) 9 Date of Permission from Village / Local community 10 Proposed future use of the site 11 Selected Site (tick any one column only)

Enclosures (Tick as appropriate) 1. Map of each location 2. Photographs a. Each disposal location b. Each community consultation 3. Photo copy of Agreement

Submitted Checked Approved

Signature ………… Signature ………… Signature …………

Name ………….. Name ………….. Name …………..

Designation …….. Designation …….. Designation ……..

Contractor Environmental Engineer (CSC) Executive Engineer (PWD)

APPENDIX – 13: GUIDELINES FOR THE MANAGEMENT OF ROAD SECTION THROUGH FOREST AREAS 1. Introduction A Management plan for the impacted or adjacent forest area is required for mitigation and enhancement measures during construction and operational phases of the project road. This will not allow any room for neglecting /avoiding of the implementable measures. This will also define responsibilities of various institutions in this regard. This requirement is the basis of the preparation of this document. The document addresses the issues relating to the forest areas in the PIAs as well as immediately adjacent to the project road. The mitigation measures are to be addressed during the design, construction and operational phases of the project. Incorporation of effective mitigation measures is therefore necessary and important. This will be based on the recommendations of the biodiversity studies. 2. Status of the work relating to the up-gradation The actual construction work cannot be started until all environmental clearances are obtained from various agencies including clearance from World Bank. The environmental clearance also includes forest clearance basically for the required land from forest reserves. Application for both clearances has to be routed through two different agencies viz., PCB and State Forest Department. 3. Reserved forest along proposed roads There are no reserved forest stretches along the project road. 4. Forestland acquisition & Forest clearance process Prior to the preparation of the application, a joint site verification exercise was carried out with forest officials and the PWD local engineers. Specific details of this investigation are available. An application is to be prepared in the prescribed application form and submitted to the relevant DCFs in consultation with the Nodal officer of Forest Department at Head quarters at Bangalore. This application will be verified by the respective DCFs. 5. Impact mitigation and Enhancement measures This includes the legal requirement according to the (1) GoI Forest laws and (2) the requirement according to the other laws. 6. Compensatory Afforestation Programme Compensatory afforestation will be carried out for land to be acquired against the loss of trees from the forest area to be acquired for road project. According to the affforestation programme PWD shall plant an area double to that of the land area to be acquired. This amount will be deposited with forest Department. In addition, a number of impact mitigation and enhancement measures are required for the Forest area that will be impacted. The Forest reserves adjacent to the project road do have high faunal value. 1) Considering this aspect, the project will not provide demarcation of the forest boundary with the Project road, as it will be a barrier for the wildlife movement. 2) PWD is committed to compensate plant trees according to the compensatory afforestation programme required according to the Forest conservation Act 1980 3) Further, contractors have to set-up construction camps and plants (Hot mix, WMM plant etc) at least 5 Km away from the forest boundary. In this regard; 47

 Adequate training will be provided to contractors  The labour force will not allowed to enter forest reserves for the purpose of hunting, fuel wood collection, nuts and fruits collection etc.,]  The debris and waste materials shall not be dumped inside / immediately outside forest areas and other water sources.  Debris shall be disposed off according to the contractors debris disposal plan  The source of construction water shall not be from the forest areas or immediately adjacent (within 2 km) to the forest areas.  The construction work within the forest stretches should adhere to all international environmental standards as laid out by the environmental management plan under the GoI/GoK/WB rules, regulation and policies. During construction, the following measures will be taken in to consideration for effective implementation  No construction camps or other polluting plants within 5 Km of the forest reserves.  No blasting shall be allowed during nighttime.  Blasting should be silent blasting along the forest reserves.  Blasting shall be confined to a particular time only. Best time would be 2-3 pm in daytime.  Hunting is strictly prohibited.  No cutting of trees from the forest reserves for any purpose relating to the construction work nor shall the people associated with the project construction should enter the forest reserves other than any legal requirements.  Contractor should erect appropriate signboards during construction.  After construction, the CSC/PWD should advice the locations for erecting the signboards including advance signboards notifying the forest reserves.  Immediately after construction fencing should be carried out parallel to the Forest reserves.  Any sign/indication of forest fire will be immediately notified to all considered agencies Immediately after construction, the contractors shall erect signboards and information boards close to the forest boundaries according to the Environmental Management plan (EMP) prepared. During operational period erection of sign/ information boards will be required. With regards to institutional responsibilities the PWD and Forest Department need to coordinate the various requirements.  PWD– Maintenance of the road furniture, signboards, information boards  State Forest Department – to coordinate with the PWD for various roadside arrangements change in the status of the forest  To facilitate Contractor do his job of construction NGO Participation Participation of NGO may be useful for the smooth implementation of the project.

APPENDIX – 14: ARRANGEMENT FOR TRAFFIC DURING CONSTRUCTION The Contractor shall at all times carry out work on the road in manner creating least interference to the flow of traffic with the satisfactory execution. For all works involving improvements to the existing state highway, the Contractor shall, in accordance with the directives of the CSC, provide and maintain, during execution of the work, a passage for traffic either along a part of the existing carriageway under improvement, or along a temporary diversion constructed close to the state highway. The Contractor shall take prior approval of the CSC regarding traffic arrangements during construction. 1. TRAFFIC SAFETY AND CONTROL (i) Where subject to the approval of the Engineer the execution of the works requires temporary closure of road traffic use, the Contractor shall provide and maintain temporary traffic diversions. The diversions shall generally consist of 200 mm thickness of gravel 4.5 meters wide laid directly upon natural ground and where any additional earthworks are required for this purpose that will be provided under the appropriate payment items. (ii) Where the execution of the works requires single-lane operation on public road, the Contractor shall provide and maintain all necessary barriers, warning signs and traffic control signals to the approval of the Engineer. (iii) With the exception of temporary traffic arrangements or diversions required within the first 4 weeks of the Contract, the Contractor shall submit details of his proposals to the Engineer for approval no less than 4 weeks prior to the temporary arrangement or diversion being required. Details of temporary arrangements or diversions for approval as soon possible after the date of the Letter of Acceptance. (iv) The colour, configuration, size and location of all traffic signs shall be in accordance with the code of practice for road sign. In the absence of any detail or for any missing details, the signs shall be provided as directed by the Engineer (CSC). (v) The Contractor shall take all necessary measures for the safety of traffic during construction and provide, erect and maintain such barricades, including signs, marking, flags, lights and flagmen as may be required by the Engineer for the formation and protection of traffic approaching or passing through the section of the road under improvement. Before taking up any construction, an agreed phased programme for the diversion of traffic or closer of traffic on the road shall be drawn up in consultation with the SE. (vi) At the points where traffic is to deviate form its normal path (whether on temporary diversion or part width of the Carriageway) the lane width path for traffic shall be clearly marked with the aid of pavement markings, painted drums or a similar device to the directions of the SE. At night, the passage shall be delineated with lanterns or other suitable light source. (vii) One-way traffic operation shall be established whenever the traffic is to be passed over part of the carriageway inadequate for two-lane traffic. This shall be done with the help of temporary traffic signals or flagmen kept positioned on opposite sides during all hours. For regulation of traffic, the flagmen shall be equipped with red and green flags and lanterns/lights. (viii) On both sides, suitable regulatory / warnings signs as approved by the SE shall be installed for the guidance of road users. On each approach, at least two signs shall be put up, one close to the point where transition of carriageway begins and the other 120 m away. The signs shall be of design and of reflectory type, if so directed by SE. (ix) Upon completion of the works for which the temporary traffic arrangements or diversions have been made, the Contractor shall remove all temporary installations and signs and reinstate all affected roads and other structures or installations to the conditions that existed before the work started, as directed by the Engineer.

2. MAINTENACE OF DIVERSIONS AND TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES 49

Signs, lights, barriers and other traffic control devices, as well as the riding surface of diversion shall be maintained in a satisfactory condition till such time they are required as directed by the SE. The temporary traveled way shall be kept free of dust by frequent applications of water, if necessary. Examples of some good practice in traffic control safety during construction

Figure-1 : Diversion of Traffic on Half of the Road Width (Say Left)

Figure : 2 51

Figure : 3 SIGN LAYOUT FOR LANE CLOSURE (Drawn for Driving on Left)

List of Traffic safety Signs/Equipment (Guideline) Length of work zone Minimum quantity to be Sl. considered procured Signs No. No. of No. of Length in (m) Length in (m) Signs Signs 1 Barricading 130 500 2600 10000 2 Men at work 5 500 100 10000 3 Keep Left 11 500 220 10000 4 Go slow 8 500 160 10000 5 Flag men 3 500 10 10000 6 Narrow signs 4 500 80 10000 7 Lantern(Amber 4 500 80 10000 Blinker) 8 Traffic control Lights 2 Sets 10000 9 Cones 15 500 300 10000

Note:  Safety jackets and helmets should be provided to all the workers/ Engineers working on the road.  Fixed mobile solid barricades must be placed between the workmen and traffic or pedestrian and traffic.  All the safety signs should be according to IRC: 67 and IRC: SP: 55: 2001

APPENDIX – 15: GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN Dos and Don’ts for the contractor There are a number of dos and don’ts for the contractor as provided below  Contractor’s vehicles shall not be allowed to wash in the river or stream. This is to avoid potential pollution from oil residues.  Contractors shall not use water from the community drinking water sources such as;  Public water supply schemes  Community spring water sources  Community hand pumps  Community bore wells / shallow tube wells  Location of the streams from which the Community takes drinking water  Contractor shall obtain all legal approvals and clearances from the concerned departments.  Contractor shall consult the local communities where the water source has been identified.  If the source is a spring – check discharge, dependency in consultation with local communities.  If the source is river/stream- discharge data for the past several years need to be analyzed, whether source is perennial, or non-perennial, any irrigation scheme is running over it or not, if IPH* department is using it, or local people are using it or not. NOC* from all concerned authorities will be required.  If the source is Major River - In addition to the local permission, Contractor may require obtaining written permission from State level authorities at Bangalore.  If the sources is groundwater (a hand pump/bore well or open deep well)- then its chemical composition and water related tests are required to be obtained from the competent authority and an NOC* is obtained from the competent authority. Post Construction Stage Once the Contractor finishes his job, this can be handed over to the local panchayath or for local communities. The possible alternate uses of this structure would be  Local communities of this area can use the same source to meet their water needs  If road passes through a plain water scarcity prone area and if no nearby water source has been identified, transportation is uneconomic, then contractor should go for Underground water option. If it is feasible and will not lead to a serious depletion of the ground water.

*IPH = Irrigation and Public Health Department. *NOC = No Objection Certificate.

APPENDIX – 16: ENVIRONMENT FRIENDLY CONSTRUCTION METHODOLOGY: The contractor shall be deemed to have acquainted himself with the requirements of all the current statutes, ordinances, by laws, rules and regulations or their instruments having the force of law including without limitation those relating to protection of the environment, health and safety, important of labour, demolition of houses, protection of environment and procurement, transportation, storage and use of explosives etc. 3. PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENT: i) The contractor will take all necessary measures and precautions and ensure that the execution of the works and all associated operations on site or offsite are carried out in conformity with statutory and regulatory environmental requirements including those prescribed in EMP. ii) The Contractor will take all measures and precautions to avoid any nuisance or disturbance to inhabitants arising from the execution of works. iii) All liquid waste products arising on the sites will be collected and disposed of at a location on or off the sites and in a manner that will not cause either nuisance or pollution. iv) The contractor will at all time ensure that all existing water courses and drains within and adjacent to the site are kept safe and free from any contamination. v) The contractor will submit details of his temporary drainage work system (including all surface channels, sediment traps, washbasins and discharge pits) to the CSC and CMU for approval prior to commencing work on its construction. vi) The contractor will arrange all the equipment in good condition to minimize dust, gaseous or other air-borne emissions and carry out the works in such a manner as to minimize adverse impact on air. vii) Any vehicle with an open load-carrying area used for transporting potentially dust- producing material will have properly fitted side and tailboards. Materials having the potential to produce dust will not be loaded to a level higher than the side and tail boards and will be covered with a clean tarpaulin in good condition. viii) The contractor will take all necessary measures to ensure that the operation of all mechanical equipment and condition processes on and off the site will not cause any unnecessary or excessive noise, taking into account applicable environmental requirements. ix) The contractor will take necessary measures to maintain all plant and equipment in good condition.

x) Where the execution of the works requires single –lane operation on public road the contractor will provide and maintain temporary traffic diversions subject to the approval of the CSC. xi) Where the execution of the works requires single-line operation on public road the contractor will provide and maintain all necessary barriers, warning signs and traffic control signals to the satisfaction of the CSC. xii) Wherever traffic diversions, warning signs, traffic control signals and barriers are required, the contractor will install them to the satisfaction of CSC prior to commencing the work, in that area. 55

xiii) Contractor shall install asphalt plants and other machineries away from the populated areas as per laid down regulations. xiv) Permit for felling of trees will be obtained from the forest department before the execution of any work. xv) Trees and plants going to be uprooted will be duly compensated and maintained up to 3 years. xvi) Mist sprays should be provided at appropriate places for preventing dust pollution during handling and stockpiling of stones and loose earth. xvii) Overburden waste dumps shall be sprayed with water, as they are the major source of air borne particulate matter. xviii) Overburden waste dumps shall be reclaimed / afforested to bind the loose soil and to prevent soil erosion. The frequency of sprinkling should be fixed as per the seasonal requirement and in consultation with engineer. xix) Regular water spraying on haulage roads during transportation of construction materials by water sprinklers. The frequency of sprinkling should be fixed as per the seasonal requirements in consultation with engineer. xx) Transfer point for transporting construction material shall be provided with appropriate hoods/ chutes to prevent dust emissions. xxi) Dumping of construction material should be from an optimum height (preferably not too high), So as to reduce the dust blow. xxii) Innovative approaches of using improved machinery designs, with in-built mechanism to operator’s cabin. xxiii) Procurement of drillers, loaders, dumpers and other equipment with noise proof system in operator’s cabin. xxiv) Confining the equipment with heavy noise emissions in soundproof cabins, so that noise is not transmitted to other areas. xxv) Regular and proper maintenance of noise generating machinery including the transport vehicles to maintain noise levels. xxvi) Provisions should be made for noise absorbing pads at foundations of vibrating equipments to reduce noise emissions. QUARRY OPERATIONS The Contractor shall obtain materials from quarries only after the consent of the Forest Department or other concerned authorities and in consultation with the Engineer. The quarry operations shall be undertaken within the purview of the rules and regulations in force.

PREVENTION OF WATER COURSES FROM SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION SILTATION The Contractor shall apply following mitigation measures to prevent sedimentation and pollution of watercourses.  To prevent increased siltation, if need be existing bridges maybe widened downstream side of the water body;  Cement and coal ash should be stacked together, fenced by bricks or earth wall, and kept away from water, to prevent leachate formation and contamination of surface and ground water;  If need be, slope of the embankments leading to water bodies should be modified and re channelized to prevent entry of contaminations into the water body;

 During construction silt fencing (consists of geo-textile with extremely small size supported by wire-mish mounted on a panel made up angle frame) could be used along the road at all canals and rivers to prevent sediments from the construction site to enter into the watercourses.

POLLUTION FROM HOT-MIX PLANTS AND BATCHING PLANTS Plants and concrete batching plants shall be located sufficiently away from habitation, agricultural operations. The Contractor shall take every precaution to reduce the levels of noise, vibration, dust and emissions from his bituminous hot-mix plants and shall be fully responsible for any claims for damages caused to the property, fields and residents in the vicinity.

HEALTH AND SAFETY The Contractor shall take all measures and precautions necessary to ensure the health, safety and welfare of all persons entitled to be on the site. Such precautions shall include those that, in the opinion of the Engineer, are reasonable to prevent unauthorized entry upon the site and to protect members of the public from any activities under the control of the Contractor. The Contractor’s responsibilities shall include but not be limited to:

(x) The provision and maintenance of the Contractor’s Equipment in a safe working condition and the adoption of methods of work that are safe and without risks to the health of any person entitled to be on the site.

(xi) The execution of suitable arrangements for ensuring safety and absence of risks to health in connection with the use, handling, storage, transport and disposal of articles and substances,

(xii) The provision of lighting, including standby facilities in the event of failure that, in the opinion of the Engineer, is adequate to ensure the safe execution of any works that are to be carried out at right.

(xiii) The provision of protective clothing and safety equipment, with such personnel and equipment and such information, instruction, training and supervision as the necessary to ensure the health and safety at work of all persons employed on or entering on the site in connection with the works, including the Engineer’s supervisory staff, all in accordance with the laws.

(xiv) Near towns, villages and all frequented places, trenches and foundation pits shall be securely fenced provided with proper caution signs and marked with lights at night to avoid accidents. Contractor shall take adequate protective measures to see that the excavation operations do no affect or damage adjoining structures.

(xv) The Contractor shall not use or generate any materials in the works, which are hazardous to the health of persons, animals or vegetation. Where it is necessary to use some substances, which can cause injury to the health or workers, the Contractor shall provide protective clothing or appliances to his workers.

(xvi) The Contractor will take all measures necessary to safeguard the health; safety and welfare of all persons entitled to be on site and will ensure that works are carried out in a safe and efficient manner.

(xvii) The Contractor will provide, and ensure the utilization of appropriate safety equipment for all workmen and staff employed directly or indirectly by the 57

Contractor. Such safety equipment will include but not be limited to the safety harnesses, safety equipment for working over water, rescue equipment, fire extinguishers and first-aid equipment. The personnel working at vulnerable locations at site will wear safety helmets and strong footwear.

(xviii) The Contractor will provide an adequate number of latrines and other arrangements at areas of the site where work is in progress and ensure that they are regularly cleaned and maintained in a hygienic condition. FIRST AID

(xix) The provision and maintenance of suitably equipped and staffed first aid stations throughout the extent of the works to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractor shall allow in his prices and the responsible for the costs of all such site welfare arrangements and requirements.

(xx) Injuries might occur during the construction period. It is therefore pertinent to provide first aid facilities for all the construction workers. At construction camps and at all workplaces first aid equipment and nursing staff must be provided. Since many of the workplaces may be far away form regular hospitals, an indoor health unit having one bed facility every 250 workers needs to be provided.

(xxi) Adequate transport facilities for moving the injured persons to the nearest hospital must also be provided in ready to move condition.

(xxii) The first-aid units apart form an adequate supply of sterilized dressing material should contain other necessary appliances as per the factory rules.

MAINTENANCE

(xxiii) All buildings, rooms and equipment and the grounds surrounding them shall be maintained in a clean and operable condition and be protected form rubbish accumulation.

(xxiv) Each structure made available for occupancy shall be of sound construction, shall assure adequate protection against weather, and shall include essential facilities to permit maintenance in a clean and operable condition. Adequate heating, lighting, ventilation or insulation when necessary to reduce excessive heat shall provide for comfort and safety of occupants.

(xxv) Each structure made available for occupancy shall comply with the requirements of the Uniform Building Code. This shall not apply to tent campus.

APPENDIX – 17: BORROW AREAS MANAGEMENT Borrow areas will be finalized as identified by Contractor as agreed by the CSC and KSHIP as per the requirements of the contract. Agreement is not reached between the Contractor and landowners for the identified borrow areas sites. In such cases arrangement for locating the source of supply of material for embankment and sub-grade as well as compliance to environment requirements in respect of excavation and borrow areas as stipulated from time to time by the Ministry of Environment and Forests, Government of India, and local bodies, as applicable shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor in addition to the established practices, rules and regulation will also consider following criteria before finalizing the locations. 1) The borrow area should not be located in agriculture field unless unavoidable i.e. barren land is not available. 2) The borrow pits should not be located along the roads. 3) The loss of productive and agricultural land should be minimum. 4) The loss of vegetation is almost nil or minimum. 5) Sufficient quality of soil is available. 6) The Contractor will ensure the availability of suitable earth. The Contractor shall obtain representative samples form each of the identified borrow areas and have these tested at the site laboratory following a testing programme as approved by the concerned Engineer. It shall be ensured that the fill material compacted to the required density

The Contractor shall submit the following information to the Engineer for approval at least 7 working days before commencement of compaction

 The values of maximum dry density and optimum moisture content obtained in accordance with IS: 2720 (Part 7) or (Part 8), as the case may be, appropriate for each of the fill materials he intends to use.

 A graph of density plotted against content from which, each of the values in (i) above of maximum dry density and optimum moisture content are determined.

 The Dry density-moisture content – CBR relationships for light, intermediate and heavy compactive efforts (light corresponding to IS: 2720 (Part-7), heavy corresponding to IS: 2420 (Part-8) and intermediate in between the two) for each of the fill material be intends to use in the sub-grade.

After identification of borrow areas based on guidelines. Contractor will fill reporting format Annexure-III and submit the same for approval of the “Engineer”.

After receiving the approval Contractor will begin operations keeping in mind following;

1) Haulage of material to the areas of fill shall proceed only when sufficient spreading and compaction plants is operating at the place of deposition. 59

2) No excavated acceptable material other than surplus to requirements of the Contract shall be removed from the site. Contractor should be permitted to remove acceptable material form the site to suit his operational procedure, then be shall make good any consequent deficit of material arising there from.

3) Where the excavation reveals a combination of acceptable and un-acceptable materials, the Contractor shall, unless otherwise agreed by the Engineer, carryout the excavation in such a manner that the acceptable materials are excavated separately for use in the permanent works without contamination by the un-acceptable materials. The acceptable material shall be stockpiled separately.

4) The Contractor shall ensure that he does not adversely affect the stability of excavation or fills by the methods of stockpiling materials, use of plants or siting of temporary buildings or structures.

Borrow Areas located in Agricultural Lands

(i) The preservation of topsoil will be carried out in stockpile.

(ii) A 15 cm topsoil will be stripped off from the borrow pit and this will be stored in stockpiles in a designated area for height not exceeding 2m and side slopes not steeper than 1:2 (Vertical: Horizontal).

(iii) Borrowing of earth will be carried out up to a depth of 1.5m from the existing ground level.

(iv) Borrowing of earth will not be done continuously through out the stretch.

(v) Ridges of not less than 8m widths will be left at intervals not exceeding 300m.

(vi) Small drains will be cut through the ridges, if necessary, to facilitate drainage.

(vii) The slope of the edges will be maintained not steeper then 1:4 (Vertical: Horizontal).

Borrow Areas located in Agriculture Land in un-avoidable Circumstances:

(i) The preservation of topsoil will be carried out in stockpile.

(iii) The depth of borrow pits will not be more than 30 cm after stripping the 15 cm topsoil aside.

Borrow Areas located on Elevated Lands

(i) The preservation of topsoil will be carried out in stockpile

(iii) At location where private owners desire their fields to be leveled, the borrowing shall be done to a depth of not more than 1.5m or up to the level of surrounding fields.

Borrow Areas near Riverside

(i) The preservation of topsoil will be carried out in stockpile

(iii) Borrow area near to any surface water body will be at least at a distance of 15m from the toe of the bank or high flood level, whichever is maximum.

Borrow Areas near Settlements

(i) The preservation of topsoil will be carried out in stockpile

(iii) Borrow pit location will be located at least 0.75 km from villages and settlements. If un-avoidable, the pit will not be dug for more then 30 cm and drains will be cut to facilitate drainage.

(iv) Borrow pits located in such location will be re-developed immediately after borrowing is completed. If spoils are dumped, that will be covered with a layers of stockpiled topsoil in accordance with compliance requirements with respect MOEF/PPCB guidelines.

Borrow Pits along the Road

(i) The preservation of topsoil will be carried out in stockpile

(iii) Borrow pits along the road shall be discouraged.

(iv) It permitted by the Engineer; these shall not be dug continuously.

(v) Ridges of not less than 8m widths should be left at intervals not exceeding 300m.

(vi) Small drains shall be cut through the ridges of facilitate drainage.

(vii) The depth of the pits shall be so regulated that there bottom does not cut an imaginary line having a slope of 1 vertical to 4 horizontal projected from the edge of the final section of bank, the maximum depth of any case being limited to 1.5m.

(viii) Also, no pit shall be dug within the offset width from the toe of the embankment required as per the consideration of stability with a minimum width of 10m.

List of burrow areas along the proposed road. Sl. Chainage Quarry No. Name of Quarries No. (Km) 48A: Padubidri - Karkal Road Side Moorum Borrow Pits on LHS is located 1 MII-1B-244 3+800 at a distance of 0.2 km from Project Road. Road Side Moorum Borrow Pits on LHS is located 2 MII-1B-245 14+200 at a distance of 0.2 km from Project Road. 61

Sl. Chainage Quarry No. Name of Quarries No. (Km) Road Side Moorum Borrow Pits on LHS is located 3 MII-1B-246 23+000 at a distance of 0.1 km from Project Road. Road Side Moorum Borrow Pits on LHS is located 4 MII-1B-247 26+000 at a distance of 0.3 km from Project Road. Re-development of Borrow Areas The objective of the rehabilitation programme is to return the borrow pit sites to a safe and secure area, which the general public should be able to safely enter and enjoy. Securing borrow pits in a stable condition is fundamental requirement of the rehabilitation process. This could be achieved by filling the borrow pit approximately to the road level.

Re-development plan will be prepared by the Contractor before the start of work inline with the owner’s will and to the satisfaction of owner.

The Borrow Areas will be rehabilitated as follows;

 Borrow pits will be backfilled with rejected construction wastes (unserviceable materials) compacted and will be given a turfing or vegetative cover on the surface. If this is not possible, then excavation slope should be smoothened and depression is filled in such a way that it looks more or less like the original ground surface.

 Borrow areas might be used for aquaculture in case landowner wants such development. In that case, such borrow area will be photographed after their post-use restoration and Environment Expert of Supervision Consultant will certify the post-use redevelopment.

The Contractor will keep record of photographs of various stages i.e. before using materials form the location (pre-project), for the period borrowing activities (Construction Phase) and after rehabilitation (post development), to ascertain the pre and post borrowing status of the area.

APPENDIX - 18: SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL Prior to the start of the relevant construction, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval, his schedules for carrying out temporary and permanent erosion/sedimentation control works as are applicable for the items of clearing and grubbing, road way and drainage excavation, embankment/sub-grade construction, bridges and other structures across water courses, pavement courses and shoulders. He shall also submit for approval his proposed method of erosion/sedimentation control on service road and borrow pits and his plan for disposal of waste materials. Work shall not be started until the erosion/sedimentation control schedules are prepared and the Engineer has approved methods of operations for the applicable construction. The surface area of erodible earth material exposed by clearing and grubbing, borrow and fill operations shall be limited to the extent practicable. The Contractor may be directed to provide immediate control measures to prevent soil erosion and sedimentation that will adversely affect construction operations, damage adjacent properties, or cause contamination of nearby streams or other watercourses. Such work may involve the construction of temporary berms, dikes sediment basins, slope drains and use of temporary mulches, fabrics, mats, seedling, or other control devices or methods as necessary to control erosion and sedimentation. The Contractor shall be required to incorporate all permanent erosion and sedimentation control features into the project at the earliest practicable time as outlined in his accepted schedule to minimize the need for temporary erosion and sedimentation control measures. Temporary erosion/sedimentation and pollution control measures will be used to control the phenomenon of erosion, sedimentation and pollution that may develop during normal construction practices, but may neither be foreseen during design stage for associated with permanent control features on the Project. Where erosion or sedimentation is likely to be a problem, clearing and grubbing operations should be so scheduled and performed that grading operations and permanent erosion or sedimentation control features can follow immediately thereafter if the project conditions permit; otherwise temporary erosion or sedimentation control measures may be required between successive construction stages. Under no conditions shall a large surface area of credible earth material be exposed at one time by clearing and grubbing or excavation without prior approval of the Engineer. The Engineer may limit the area of excavation, borrow and embankment operations in progress, commensurate with the Contractor’s capability and progress in keeping the finish 63 grading, mulching, seedling and other such permanent erosion, sedimentation and pollution control measures, in accordance with the accepted schedule. Temporary erosion is sometimes caused due to the Contractor’s negligence, carelessness or failure to install permanent controls. Sedimentation and pollution control measures then become necessary as a part of the work as scheduled or ordered by the Engineer, and these shall be carried out at the Contractor’s own expense. Temporary erosion, sedimentation and pollution control work required, which is not attributed to the Contractor’s negligence, carelessness or failure to install permanent controls, will be performed as ordered by the Engineer. Temporary erosion, sedimentation and pollution control may include construction work outside the right of way where such work is necessary as a result of road construction such as borrow pit operations, service roads and equipment storage sites. The temporary erosion, sedimentation and pollution control features installed by the Contractor shall be maintained by him till these are needed, unless otherwise agreed by the Engineer.

APPENDIX - 19: LOCATING QUARRIES, REHABILITATING QUARRIES AND GUIDELINES FOR STONE CRUSHERS Locating Quarries

The Contractor will finalize the locations in consultation with CSC and KSHIP. The Contractor shall establish a new quarry with the prior consent of the CSC only in cases when

i) Lead from existing quarries is uneconomical and

ii) Alternative material sources are not available.

The Contractor shall prepare a redevelopment plan for the quarry site and get approved by the CSC.

The construction schedule and operation plans to be submitted to the CSC prior to commencement of work shall contain a detailed work plan for procuring materials that includes procurement, transportation and storage of quarry materials.

Operation & redevelopment plan (if a new quarry is opened)

 Photograph of the quarry site prior to commencement

 The quarry boundaries as well as location of the material deposits, working equipments, stockpiling, access roads and final shape of the pit.

 Drainage and erosion control measures at site.

 Safety measures during quarry operation.

 Design for redevelopment of exhaust site.

Option-A: Revegetating the quarry to merge with surrounding landscape: This is done by conserving and reapplying the topsoil for the vegetative growth.

Option-B: Developing exhausted quarries as water bodies: The pit shall be reshaped and developed into pond, for harvesting rainwater. This option shall only be considered

64 where the location of quarry is at the lowest point, i.e. surrounding areas/ natural drainage slopes towards it.

Construction stage:

Development of site:

To minimize the adverse impact during excavation of material following measures are need to be undertaken

i) Adequate drainage system shall be provided to prevent the flooding of the excavated area

ii) At the stockpiling locations, the Contractor shall construct sediment barriers to prevent the erosion of excavated material due to runoff

iii) Construction of offices, laboratory, workshop and rest places shall be done in the up-wind of the plant to minimize the adverse impact due to dust and noise.

iv) The access road to the plant shall be constructed taking into consideration location of units and also slope of the ground to regulate the vehicle movement within the plant.

v) In case of storage of blasting materials, all precautions shall be taken as per The Explosive Rules, 1983.

Quarry operations including safety:

i) Overburden shall be removed and disposed inline with Guidelines of Disposal Management.

ii) During excavation, slopes shall be flatter than 20 degrees to prevent their sliding. In cases where quarry strata are good and where chances of sliding are less this restriction can be ignored.

iii) In case of blasting, procedure and safety measures shall be taken as per The Explosive Rules, 1983.

iv) The Contractor shall ensure that all workers related safety measures shall be done as per guidelines for workers and Safety attached as Annexure-8

v) The contractor shall ensure maintenance of crushers regularly as per manufacture’s recommendation.

Topsoil will be excavated and preserved during transportation of the materials measures shall be taken to minimize the generation of dust and prevent accidents.

The PIU and the CSC shall review the quarry site for the management measures during quarry operation, including the compliance to pollution norms. 65

Post construction stage:

The Contractor shall restore all haul roads constructed for transporting the material from the quarries to construction site to their original state.

The PIU and the CSC shall be entrusted the responsibility of reviewing the quarry site for the progress of implementation of Redevelopment plan. These shall include the following two cases;

 Redevelopment of quarries opened by the contractor for the project

 Redevelopment of existing quarries operated by other agencies

In the first case, the Contractor shall be responsible for the Redevelopment plan prior to completion after five years, during the defect liability period. The CSC and PIU shall be responsible for reviewing this case of redevelopment prior to the issuing the defect liability certificate.

In the second case, the redevelopment of exhaust quarry shall be the responsibility of the agency providing the permit to ensure the implementation of Redevelopment Plan. POLICY GUIDELINES FOR CONTROL OF LOCATION, INSTALLATION, WORKING OF STONE CRUSHERS AND THEIR REGISTRATION IN THE STATE OF KARNATAKA Taking into consideration the overriding principle of protection of ecology and environment, to ensure that not a single stone crushing unit in the state causes any pollution of any type and in consonance with the River/Stream Bed Mining Policy Guidelines for the state of Karnataka, the State Government hereby makes following Policy Guidelines for control of location, installation, workings of stone crushers and their registration thereof. Mining lease mandatory for running a stone crusher 1.1 In order to ensure legal and regular supply of minor minerals, every owner of stone crusher, shall have a valid mining lease for this purpose. 1.2 In respect of River/Stream Bed Mining leases over larger area of ten hectare or above shall be given priority for setting up of stone crushers. For Hill Slope mining, lease area shall depend upon the size of crusher, availability of mineral and annual requirement of mineral in relation to scientific mining. The period of lease shall be determined, based on reserves calculated and annual requirement as per the proposals given in the Working-Cum- Environmental Management Plan, which every leaseholder shall have to prepare. Provisional Registration of stone crusher No person shall install or run any stone crusher in any area within the State of Karnataka unless he obtains a provisional registration from the Geological Wing, Department of Industries. Based on the documents submitted ‘Provisional Registration’ shall be issued by the Geological Wing, Department of Industries that shall form base for obtaining pre-production clearance from other Government Departments. After provisional registration and joint inspection, the consent to Establish from the Karnataka State Environment Protection & pollution control Board should be obtained. The unit shall submit the Working-cum-Environment Management Plan before the issuance of consent for operate (CFO) by the State Board.

Karnataka State Electricity Board shall give electric connection to the crusher owner only after obtaining Provisional Registration from the Geological wing. Already established stone crusher shall registered themselves within a period of 3months from the date of issuance of these Policy Guidelines and for this registration they have to produce consent issued by Karnataka State Environment Protection & Pollution control Board. Joint inspection of the areas applied for mining lease and for setting up of stone crusher a) Joint Inspection of crusher site. The site for setting up the stone crusher shall be appraised and approved by a joint Inspection committee, consisting of the following members 1. Sub- Divisional Officer (Civil) concerned Chairman. 2. Divisional Forest Officer or his representative Member 3. Representative of the State Environment protection and Pollution control Board. Member. 4. Executive Engineer, PWD or his representative Member 5. Executive Engineer, I&PH or his representative Member 6. Representative of the Department of Tourism Member 7. Representative of KPTCL- Local SDO (E) Member 8. Geologist or Mining officer Member Secretary b) Joint inspection shall be conducted at least by four member viz. Chairman, representative of Karnataka State Environment protection & pollution control Board, DCF or his representative and Geologist/ Mining Officer on a prescribed Checklist. Other members may issue separate NOC’s as per the check list. Joint Inspection of the area applied for mining lease. a) The area applied for lease shall be inspected by a committee consisting of the following members  Sub- Divisional Officer (Civil) concerned Chairman.  Assistant Conservator of Forest/Range officer Member  Representative of the State Environment protection and Pollution control Board. Member.  Executive Engineer, PWD or his representative Member  Executive Engineer, I & PH or his representative Member  Representative of the Dep’t. of Tourism Member  Mining officer Member Secretary

b) Joint inspection shall be conducted by at least three members viz. Chairman, Assistant Conservator Forest/ Range officer and Mining Officer on the prescribed checklist. Other members may issue separate NOC’s as per the Checklist. The grant of Mining lease and approval of stone crusher site by the committee shall be the basis for issuance of permanent registration. Permanent Registration a) Based on the approval of sites for setting up of the stone crusher grant of mining lease and after obtaining consent to operate from the Pollution Control Board. The Geological Wing, Department of Industries, shall issue permanent registration to the owner of the stone crusher, which shall be valid for a period of two years b) The Geological Wing, Department of Industries may renew the registration for a further period or period of two years subject to proper functioning of the stone crusher as per the provision of various Acts and Rules and clearance of all dues including clearance from Pollution Control Board. 67 c) In case the Geological Wing, Department of Industries is of the opinion that it is not expedient to grant a permanent registration taking into consideration the various factors as per the recommendations of the Joint Inspection Committee, Geological Wing, Department of Industries may after giving an opportunity of being heard and for reasons to be recorded in writing and communicated to the applicant, refuse to grant the permanent registration. d) In case of renewal of the registration, the owner of the stone crusher shall apply for the renewal at least six month’s before the expiry of the registration. e) In case, the application for renewal submitted is not disposed off before the expiry of the period of registration, it shall be deemed to have been extended by a further period till the Geological Wing, f) Department of Industries passes order thereon. 2. Other conditions for running of stone Crushers. a) The owner of the stone crusher shall observe the provision of; i) The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and rules framed there under. ii) The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act 1974 and rules framed there under. iii) The Environment (Protection) 1986 and rules framed there under. iv) The Noise Pollution (Regulation and control) rules 2000. b) No consent for expansion to a crusher shall be given by pollution control board and no electric connection by KPTCL without prior approval of Geological Wing, Department of Industries. c) Every stone crusher owner shall ensure that the crusher operates within emission standards stipulated by KSPCB. d) Every stone crusher owner shall adopt pollution control measures. e) The Geological wing, Department of Industries may impose any such further conditions as it may deem fit for the protection of Environment and Ecology. f) The crusher owner shall submit a return by 10th of every month, giving details of total quantity of minerals crushed, electricity consumed, power generated in case of captive power generated run crusher, fuel consumption in case of diesel run crusher, number of labour employed and wages paid etc., g) The crusher owner shall allow the inspecting staff, access to the crusher and produce all records relating to operation of the crusher and verification of source of legal supply of minor minerals and stocks.

3. Conditions for mining leases a) Every applicant shall submit working-cum-Environment Management plan for carrying out systematic and scientific mining. b) Mining in river/stream beds shall be subject to general conditions as per the River/Streambed Mining policy guidelines in addition to any other site-specific conditions as specified by the Joint inspection committee, as detailed below c) Mining in Hill slopes shall be subject to following general conditions: I. Environmental considerations: i) No mining shall be allowed within 100 m of thickly forested area. ii) No mining shall be allowed in areas, which may cause aesthetic/visual degradation near any known tourist spot. iii) No mining shall be allowed where it is likely to disrupt water regime, IPH schemes roads, bridges etc.,

68 iv) No mining shall be allowed where danger to site of culture, religions, historical, archeological or scenic importance is likely. v) No mining shall be allowed near habitation, where it is likely to cause noise and vibration problems, due to blasting or operation of machinery. vi) No mining shall be allowed where proper disposal of mine waste cannot be arranged. vii) Conditions shall be imposed that the leaseholder will take adequate steps to control and check soil erosion, debris flow etc., by raising various engineering structure. II. Geological and Geomorphologic considerations: i) No mining shall be allowed where the slope angles are more than 45 degree from horizontal and in case of mid slope mining, the foot wall should be of hard strata. ii) No mining lease shall be granted where the ore to overburden ratio is not economical i.e. 1:0.2 that is the waste generation should not be more than 20% iii) Proper appraisal of the deposit for its qualitative and quantitative assessment shall be made in the form of Geological and topographical plans. III. Technical consideration: i) The area should not be highly jointed, fractured on consisting of weak planes. ii) Relation of slope angle to angle of repose should be within mining parameters where 6x6 m benches by keeping overall angle of repose as 45degree can be made. iii) No mining shall be allowed where subsidence of rocks is likely due to steep angle of slope. iv) No overhangs shall be allowed to be formed during the course of mining. v) The gradient of approach roads shall be gentle with hill-ward slope, side drains and parapet walls. Adequate number of waiting and crossing points shall be provided for safe plying of vehicles. vi) No blasting shall be resorted to without taking proper license under Explosive Act. d) General conditions: i) Mining site shall only be handed over to the leaseholder, after it is duly demarcated by permanent boundary pillars and certified by concerned mining officer. ii) Junction at take off point of approach road with main road shall be developed with proper width and geometric required for safe movement of traffic by crusher owner at his own cost in consultation with Executive Engineer, KPWD. iii) No leaseholder shall store/ stack any material in the acquired width of PWD road without the specific permission of the competent authority. iv) In addition to above the mining operation shall be subjected to provisions of various Acts and Rules in force. v) Dumping of waste shall be done in earmarked places as per the working plans.

Table: Parameters for new stone crushers to be set up in future Sl. No. Parameters Distance i Minimum distance from NH/SH 150m ii Minimum distance from link roads / other District roads 75m iii Minimum distance from District Head - Quarters 1.5 km iv Minimum distance from town / Notified area by the committee 1 km v Minimum distance from village 500 m vi Minimum distance from Hospital/Education Institution 1 km 69

vii Minimum distance from Natural water springs 500 m viii Minimum distance from Notified parks 2 km ix Minimum distance from Sanctuaries 1 km x Minimum distance from Bridge sites 200 m Upstream xi Minimum distance from Notified Lakes and Wetlands 300 m

APPENDIX - 20: STORAGE, HANDLING, USE AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE FOR HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS A1. Refueling / Maintenance procedure

 Truck or suitable containers will bring in all fuel and fluids. There will be no storage of fuel, oil or fluids within 100M (or 50M) of the permanent water line.

 Prior to re-fueling or maintenance, drip pans and containment pans will be placed under the equipment. Absorbent blankets may also be required to be placed under the equipment and hoses where there is a possibility of spillage to occur.

 All used oils or fluids will be properly contained and transported to appropriately licensed (authorized) disposal facilities;

 Following re-fueling and maintenance, the absorbent blankets (if any) and spill pans will be picked up and the fuel truck or container moved outside of the 100m (or 50m) wide area.

Emergency spill procedure

Should a spill occur, trough spillage or equipment failure, the applicable emergency spill procedure outlined in sections A-2 to A-4 must follow.

A2. Spill Procedure (inside the stream)

In the case of a spill, overflow or release of fluid into the stream waterway (whether water is flowing during the spill or not), do what is practical and safely possible to control the situation, then get help.

 Stop the flow

o Stop the release into the stream waterway

o Shutdown equipment

o Close valves and pumps

o Plug hoses  Remove Ignition sources

. Shut off vehicles and other engines

. Do not allow tiger torches, vehicles, smoking or other sources of ignition near the area. Keep a fire extinguisher on hand but keep it a safe distance away from the potential ignition source (if a fire starts, the extinguisher must be easily accessible)

 Contact the environmental officer and initiate emergency response

o Notify the site supervisor and the Contractor’s Environmental Officer as soon as possible

o The Environmental Officer will review the situation and decide if Emergency services like Fire Brigade are required

o Appropriate parties to be notified of the spill are  The contractor’s Project Manager

 The Engineer through his designated Environmental Officer

 The Client

 Regulatory Agencies like Pollution Control Board, Municipal Authorities, as applicable.

 Site safety Officer

 Cleanup and Disposal

Emergency Services will be engaged for the containment, cleanup and disposal of contamination release into the environment. 71

 Reporting

The Contractor’s Environmental Officer will document the event and submit repots to the Engineer, the client and appropriate regulatory agencies like the Pollution Control Board(s).

 Procedure Review

The Engineer will review the report, determine if changes are required to procedures and recommended implementation of all required changes …

A3. Spill procedure (on land)

In the case of a spill, overflow or release fluid onto land, do what is practical and safety possible to control the situation and then get help.

 Stop the flow

 Stop the release into the water body

 Shut down equipment

 Close valves and pumps

 Plug hoses

 Remove Ignition sources

Shut off vehicles and other engines

Do not allow tiger torches, vehicles, smoking or other sources of ignition near the area. Keep a fire extinguisher on hand but keep it a safe distance away from the potential ignition sources (if a fire starts the extinguisher must be easily accessible).

 Contain the Spill

 Dike around the spill to contain the material

 Spread absorbent or place a spill blanket on the spill

 Enlist the help of personnel on site

 Notify your supervisor as soon as possible

 Notification

Appropriate parties to be notified of the spill are

 The Contractor’s Project Manager

 The Engineer through his designated Environmental officer

 The Client

 Regulatory Agencies like Pollution control Board, Municipal Authorities, as applicable

 Site Safety coordinator

 Cleanup and Disposal

The Engineer’s Environmental officer will ensure that a proper cleanup and disposal method is determined. Absorbent pads will soak up the spilled material. The pads will be contained and removed from site for disposal at a licensed (authorized) facility.

 Reporting

The Contractor’s Environmental Officer will document the event and submit reports to the Engineer, the Client and appropriate regulatory agencies like the Pollution control Board(s)

 Procedure Review

The Engineer will review the report, determine if changes are required to procedures and recommend implementation of all required changes.

APPENDIX – 21: SELECTION AND MANAGEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION CAMP 1. Selection and layout of construction camp The construction camps for labour, accommodation, offices and construction plant sites shall be identified based on the following guidelines. The construction site shall be located  At a minimum distance of 1km away from any major settlement or village.  At a minimum distance of 300m of any major surface water course or body 73

If this is not possible the base camps should be located away from the settlements with the following precautions  Base camp should be enclosed with boundary wall.  Movement of the workers should be registered during the nighttime.  There should not be any disturbance to the local community.  Operation of the plant and machinery should be restricted to 6 am to 10 am  Care should be taken while starting and moving the heavy vehicles, there is a possibility that children of near settlement may be playing with machinery parked outside the camps. 2. Facilities at workers camps During the construction stage of the project, the construction contractor will construct and maintain necessary (temporary) living accommodation and ancillary facilities for labour. It will be ensured that all the temporary accommodation will be provided with uncontaminated water for drinking, cooking and washing. Adequate washing and bathing places shall be provided, and kept in clean and drained condition. Construction camps will be sited away from vulnerable people and adequate health care will be provided for the work force.  General requirements include availability of:  Potable water supply in quantity and quality,  Requirement of power supply for heating as well as for cooking. Firewood shall not be used for cooking and heating purposes. Contractor must provide LPG gas / Kerosene for the construction camps.  Safe access road is required at camps  Waste (all kind of solid and liquid wastes) generated need to be disposed off smoothly. 2.1 Sanitation Facilities: Construction camps shall be provided with sanitary latrines and urinals. Closed drainage systems and the proper treatment systems according to the local conditions should be constructed for the proper flow and effective treatment. The sewage system built for the camp will be operated properly to avoid health hazard, ground water and soil pollution. Compost pits will be constructed for the disposal of the garbage and other biodegradable wastes generated from the camps. Proper collection, transportation and disposal of the wastes will be ensured. 3. Shelter at work place: At such work places where the duration of the works will prevail for more than one month some form of shelters will be provided for meals, resting, change of clothes and for keeping the tools of the work and personal protective equipment. The height of shelter shall not less than 3m from floor level to lowest part of the roof. Sheds shall be kept clean and the space provided shall be on the basis of at least 1.0 Sq.m per head. 4. Canteen Facilities: A cooked food canteen on a moderate scale shall be provided for the benefit of workers wherever it is considered necessary. All the wastes generated from the canteen will be treated / disposed of as detailed in the other sections of the waste disposal.

5. Health care Facilities: Health problems of the workers should be taken care of by providing basic health care facilities through a health centre set up at the construction camps. The health centre will have at least a doctor (part time), nurses, duty staff, medicines and minimum medical facilities to tackle first-aid requirements for minor accidental cases. Some arrangements will be made with the nearest hospital to refer patients of major illnesses or critical cases. The health centre will carryout quarterly awareness programme of HIV – AIDS with the help of AIDS control society. Posters will be exhibited in the health care clinic. 6. Day crèche facilities At construction sites where women with very young children are employed, provision of a day crèche shall be provided. At construction sites where 20 or more women are ordinarily employed, a hut for children under the age of 6 years shall be provided. For ensuring the implementation of effective pollution control measures at the construction base camps and construction plant sites, redevelopment/ closure plans for the closure of these sites will be made part of the EMP of the construction contract. 7. Construction workers Camp In all over India, road construction works are in peak stage. With several local / regional/ national and international contractors in place, the road construction work recently started showing seriousness towards this issue. The contractor recently started providing required legal and contractual facilities for the unskilled labour, hired from the local villages or are brought to the place of work from outside the State. Even now the Contractor camps and other facilities are set up in worst conditions even when the contract documents are clearly specifying the required standards. The associated issues are as follows. Forest resources could be encroached up on in all possible ways by the labour force. Unauthorized tree felling to get fuel-wood both for cooking as well as heating even when alternative fuel is made available, Poaching of edible animals and birds of the locality in spite of prohibition, Poor sanitation arrangement and improper methods used for disposal of solid wastes and effluent, Indigenous people getting invaded by imported construction labour-force, due to lack of discipline, Transmission of communicable diseases to the local people by the construction workers due to inappropriate health monitoring facilities, and Creating hazardous traffic flow at construction site due to lack of concern about the local needs and provision for pedestrian No Contractor’s Establishments zones Contractor shall not establish any construction camp, crushers, hot mix plant and WWM plant in the identified locations (No Contractor’s Establishment Zone). These locations will be treated as eco-sensitive. 75

No construction campsite areas also include settlement areas provided below. These are the major settlements along the corridor. Campsites should be a minimum of 500m away from settlements Table: Major settlements along the project corridor Name of village / Town Remarks 48A - Padubidri - Karkala Padubidri Village Padebettu Village Nadsal Village Palimar Village Nandikur Village Santhoor Village Inna Village Belman Village Nandalike Village Kedinje Village Bola Village Kallya Village Nitte Village Sanoor Village Karkal (TMC) Town

APPENDIX – 22: MATERIAL DATA SHEET – BITUMEN 77